UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM10-K

 

 

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, or

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20142017

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number001-36166

 

 

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 27-1566372

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

222 Berkeley125 High Street

Boston, MA 0211602110

(617)351-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value The NASDAQNasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x  Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨    Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held bynon-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2014,2017, was approximately $2.1$1.3 billion.

The number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of February 12, 20152, 2018 was 142,172,861.123,430,481.

Documents incorporated by reference and made a part of this Form10-K:

The information required by Part III of this Form10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2014.2017.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

      Page(s) 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

3

PART I

    

Item 1.

  Business   4 

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors   1713 

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments   2624 

Item 2.

  Properties   2625 

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings   2625 

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures   2725 

PART II

    

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   2726 

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data   2928 

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   3130 

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   5960 

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   6061 

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   109115 

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures   109115 

Item 9B.

  Other Information   110116 

PART III

    

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   110116 

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation   110116 

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   110116 

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   110116 

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services   110116 

PART IV

    

Item 15.

  Exhibits Financial Statement Schedules   111117

Item 16.

Form10-K Summary122 

SIGNATURES

   117123 

2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained herein include forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “could,” “intends,” “may,” “will” or“will,” “should,” “forecast,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “target” or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-lookingForward-looking statements include all mattersstatements that are not statements of historical facts. They include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations,operations; financial condition, liquidity,condition; liquidity; prospects, growth strategies,and strategies; our competitive strengths; the industry in which we operateoperate; the impact of new accounting guidance and tax laws; expenses; effective tax rates; future liabilities; the outcome and impact of pending or threatened litigation; decisions of our customers; education expenditures; population growth; state curriculum adoptions and purchasing cycles; the impact of acquisitions and other investments; our share repurchase program; the timing, structure and expected impact of our operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives and the estimated savings and amounts expected to be incurred in connection therewith; and potential business decisions. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this report.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained herein. In addition, even if ouractual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward lookingforward-looking statements contained herein, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Important factors that could cause ouractual results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to: changes in state and local education funding and/or related programs, legislation and procurement processes; adverse or worsening economic trends or the continuation of current economic conditions; changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, our products; changes in competitive factors; offerings by technology companies that compete with our products;state academic standards; industry cycles and trends; conditions and/orthe rate and state of technological change; state requirements related to digital instructional materials; changes in the publishing industry; changes or the lossproduct distribution channels and concentration of our key third-party print vendors; restrictions under agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness;retailer power; changes in laws or regulations governing our businesscompetitive environment, including free and operations; changes or failures in the information technology systems we use; demographic trends; uncertainty surroundinglow-cost open educational resources; periods of operating and net losses; our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights; inabilityrisks based on information technology systems and potential breaches of those systems; dependence on a small number of print and paper vendors; third-party software and technology development; possible defects in digital products; our ability to retain managementidentify, complete, or hire employees; impactachieve the expected benefits of, acquisitions; our ability to execute on our long-term growth strategy; increases in our operating costs; exposure to litigation; major disasters or other external threats; contingent liabilities; risks related to our indebtedness; future impairment charges; changes in school district payment practices; a potential impairment of goodwill and other intangiblesincrease in a challenging economy; decline or volatilitythe portion of our stock price regardlesssales coming from digital sales; risks related to doing business abroad; changes in tax law or interpretation; management and personnel changes; timing, higher costs and unintended consequences of our operating performance;operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives; and other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of thisour Annual Report on Form10-K (this “Annual Report”). In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events described herein may not occur.

We undertake no obligation, and do not expect, to publicly update or publicly revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained herein.

3


Item 1. Business

As used in this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “HMH” and the “Company” refer to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, formerly known as HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

Our Company Overview

Our missionHoughton Mifflin Harcourt is to change people’s lives by fostering passionate, curious learners. We believe that by combining world-class educational content and services with cutting edge technology, we can enable learning in a changing landscape and make the educational process more dynamic, engaging and effective.

We are a global learning company specializing in educationcommitted to delivering integrated solutions across a variety of media.that engage learners, empower educators and improve student outcomes. We deliver content, services and technology to both educational institutions and consumers, reachingserve over 50 million students and three million teachers in more than 150 countries worldwide. In

HMH focuses on the kindergarten through 12th grade(“K-12”) market and, in the United States, we are the leading provider of Kindergarten through 12th grade (K-12) educational content bya market share.leader. We believe that nearly every current K-12 studentspecialize in the United States has utilizedcomprehensive core curriculum, supplemental and intervention solutions, as well as provide ongoing support in professional learning, coaching and technical services for educators and administrators. HMH offerings are rooted in learning science, and we work with research partners, universities and third-party organizations as we design, build, implement and iterate our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation withofferings to maximize their effectiveness. We are purposeful about innovation, leveraging technology to create engaging and immersive experiences designed to deepen learning experiences for students and educatorsto extend teachers’ capabilities so that is difficult for others to replicate and that positionsthey can focus on making meaningful connections with their students.

HMH’s diverse portfolio enables us to alsohelp ensure that every student and teacher has the tools needed for success. We are able to build deep partnerships with school districts and leverage the scope of our offerings to provide contentholistic solutions at scale with the support of ourfar-reaching sales force and servicestalented field-based specialists and consultants. We provide print, digital and hybrid solutions that serve their learningare tailored to a district’s needs, beyond the classroom. We believe our long-standing reputationgoals and well-known brands enable us to capitalize on consumertechnological readiness.

For nearly two centuries, HMH’s Trade Publishing division has brought renowned and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published tradeawarded children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinary and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such astitles to readers throughout the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which we believe are widely known.

We believe our leadership position in the K-12 market, our primary market, provides us with strong competitive advantages. We have established relationships with educators, institutions, parents, students and life-long learners around the world that are founded on our education expertise, content and services that meet the evolving needs of our customers.world. Our portfolio of intellectual property spans educational, general interest, children’s and reference works, and has been developed by award-winning authors—including 9distinguished author list includes ten Nobel Prize winners, 48forty-eight Pulitzer Prize winners, and 13fifteen National Book Award winners—and learning architects with expertise in education pedagogy. Our content includeswinners. We are home to popular characters and titles such as Curious George, Carmen Sandiego, The Oregon Trail,The Little Prince,The Lord of the Rings, The Whole 30,,The Best American Series, the Peterson Field Guides, CliffsNotes, andLife of Pi,Webster’s New World DictionaryThe Polar Express, and Cliffs Notes that we believe are recognized inpublisheddistinguished authors such as Philip Roth, Temple Grandin, Tim O’Brien, Amos Oz, Kwame Alexander, Lois Lowry, and Chris Van Allsburg.

Market Overview

HMH operates predominantly within the United StatesU.S.K-12 Education market, which represents over $600 billion of total spending annually, and internationally. Through our network of over 500 quota-carrying sales professionals, we serve a growing list of institutional customers.

We sell our productsspecifically within the U.S. market forK-12 instructional materials and services, across multiple mediawhich we estimate to be approximately $11.0 billion in size. Internationally, we export and distribution channels and are expanding our customer base beyond educational institutions, with an increasing focus on individual consumers who comprise a significant target audience of life-long learners. Leveraging our portfolio of content, including some of our children’s brands and titles that we believe are iconic and timeless, such as Carmen Sandiego and Curious George, we create interactive digital content, mobile apps and educational games, build websites and provide technology-based educational solutions for the home. Based on the strength of our content portfolio and its adaptability across multiple distribution channels, we believe that we are also well positioned to expand into the early learning and global English language learning markets without significant additional costs associated with content development.

We believe we are a leader in transforming the traditional educational content and services landscape based on our market share, which is greater than 40% in our addressable market, and the size of our digital products portfolio, which includes approximately 34,000 titles. Our digital products portfolio, combined with our content development or distribution agreements with recognized technology leaders, such as Apple, Google, Intel and Knewton, enables us to bring our next-generation learning solutions and content to learners across virtually all platforms and devices. These agreements, however, are non-exclusive, and these technology leaders may also

have agreements with our competitors who are moving into the digital-content market. Additionally, we believe our technology and development capabilities allow us to enhance content engagement and effectiveness with embedded assessment, interactivity, personalization and adaptivity.

In addition to our comprehensive instructional materials, we provide assessment solutions, school improvement and professional development services, which help teachers and administrators meet their academic objectives and regulatory mandates. We believe that our research-based education solutions are important for school systems and educators as they provide a comprehensive set of curriculum and instructional strategy solutions designed to deliver learning and teaching results both in the classroom and at home.

Market Opportunity

Rising Global Demand for Education

We believe we are a leading provider in the global learning market based on our market share and are well positioned to take advantage of the continued growth expected to result as more countries transition to knowledge-based economies, global markets integrate, and consumption, especially in emerging markets, rises. In International markets, we focus our offerings onsellK-12 English language education and instructional products. The global education sector, especiallyproducts to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, located primarily in Asia, andthe Pacific, the Middle East, is experiencing rising enrollmentsLatin America, the Caribbean and increasing government and consumer spending driven byAfrica. We also participate in the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards, personal career prospects and economic growth that will increase the demand for our English language products. In particular, we believe that the educational markets where we are focusing our international growth, such as China, India, Brazil, Mexico and the Middle East, are poised for long-term growth. However, there can be no guarantee that the global educational markets will continue to rise or that we will be able to increase ourU.S. Trade publishing market, share in foreign countries or benefit from growth in these markets.

U.S. K-12 Market is Large and Growing

In the United States, which is our primaryestimated to be approximately $16.0 billion according to the Association of American Publishers.

The U.S. Education market today and in which we sell educational content for bothcomprises approximately 13,600K-12 public school districts, 132,800 public and private schools, the K-12 education sector represents one3.5 million teachers and 55.8 million total student enrollment across public, private and charter schools. From 2013-2014 to 2025-2026, total public school enrollment, a major long-term driver of growth in the largest industry segments accounting for over $632 billion of expenditures, or about 4.4% of the 2011 U.S. gross domestic product as measuredK-12 Education market, is projected to increase by 3% to 51.4 million students, according to the U.S Education’s National Center for Education StatisticsStatistics.

The primary sources of funding for public schools in the U.S. are state and local tax collections, with Federal funding accounting for slightly less than 10% of public education spending nationally. Consequently, general or localized economic conditions as well as legislative and political decisions which affect the ability of

4


state and school districts to raise revenue through tax collections can have a significant impact on spending and growth in theK-12 Education market. PublicK-12 education has been, and remains, a high priority for political leaders, accounting for more thanone-fifth of all state and local government spending.

Education policy and curriculum choices have traditionally been local prerogatives in the U.S., but Federal law and policy also play an important role. The Elementary and Secondary Education Act, reauthorized in 2015 by the Every Student Succeeds Act (“NCES”ESSA”), requires that states, as a condition to receiving Federal education funds, adopt challenging academic content standards, administer annual student tests aligned to those standards, develop systems of accountability tied to specific goals for student achievement, and take measures to identify and support low performing schools. ESSA gives states more flexibility than they had under prior law but still requires standards-based, largely assessment-driven accountability with a focus on the achievement of students in all demographic subgroups.

One important change brought about by ESSA is that states are now permitted to use growth in student achievement as measured by statewide assessments, in addition to grade-level proficiency, as an academic indicator for purposes of accountability. Instructional solutions that incorporate interim assessments and data analytics to help monitor student performance in real time will be especially useful in states that incorporate student growth as a significant element of their accountability systems. Other changes brought about by ESSA include a greater emphasis on English language learners, with progress towards English proficiency now a required element of state accountability plans, a requirement that products and solutions paid for with Federal education funds have evidence of effectiveness, and new requirements and expectations for Federally funded educator professional learning programs. The new law also gives states and school districts greater flexibility in how they spend Federal dollars and how they demonstrate that Federal funds are used to supplement and not supplant state and local spending.

Title I, the largest program within ESSA, and other ESSA programs also provide targeted funding for specific activities, such as early childhood education, school improvement, dropout prevention, and before- and after-school programs. The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”) governs how states and public agencies provide early intervention, special education and related services to children with disabilities. In addition, school districts in many states are now able to spend educational funds on “instructional materials” that include core and supplemental materials, computer software, digital media, digital courseware, and online services.

Academic content standards, which are grade-level expectations for student learning, are established at the 2010-2011 school year. Thestate level. States generally review and revise standards in each of the various subject areas every six to eight years, and the revision or adoption of new standards typically gives rise to the need for new instructional suppliesmaterials and services componentaligned to the new or revised standards. A large percentage of this market was estimatedstates have adopted the Common Core State Standards (“CCSS”) in English language arts and mathematics or standards largely based on the Common Core, and, as of December 2017, nineteen states had adopted Next Generation Science Standards (“NGSS”). Both the CCSS and NGSS are products ofstate-led collaborations. The adoption of these standards has led to be approximately $30 billion in 2011 and is expected to continue growing as a result of several secular and cyclical factors. From 2000-01 to 2010-11, current expenditures per student in public elementary and secondary schools increased by 14%, after adjustinggreater uniformity among states but has not completely eliminated differences or the need for inflation. However, there can be no assurance that the U.S. K-12 market will grow.customized state-specific instructional materials.

Market Segments

Core Curriculum

In additionthe U.S.,K-12 core curriculum programs provides educational content and assessments to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. The sector is comprised ofover 55.8 million students across approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000132,800 public and private elementary and secondary schools. We believe this market structure underscoresCore programs cover curriculum standards in a particular subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials necessary to conduct the importanceclass throughout the year. Products and services include students’ print and digital offerings and a variety of scalesupporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, supplemental materials, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and services.

5


Core curriculum programs traditionally have been the primary resource for classroom instruction in mostK-12 academic subjects, and as a result, enrollment trends are a major driver of industry relationshipsgrowth. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments, a driver of growth in the educational content industry, are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the needlonger term.

Demand for broad, diverse coverage acrosscore curriculum programs is also affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment, and accountability in each state. A significant change in state curriculum standards requires that assessments, teacher training programs, and instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for new comprehensive curriculum programs.

In the U.S., core instructional material programs are typically selected and purchased at the school district level and, in some cases, at the individual school level. In nineteen states, before districts make their selections, programs are first evaluated at the state level for alignment to state academic standards and other criteria. These states are commonly referred to as “adoption states,” while states that do not have a state level review process are called “open states” or “open territory.” In some adoption states, districts are required to select materials from the state-adopted list; in others the state list is just a recommendation, and schools. Even while we believe certain initiativesdistricts are free to purchase and use whatever materials they choose, whether or not adopted by the state. Adoption states typically review materials in the various subject areas on asix- to eight-year cycle. School districts in those states tend to follow the state review cycle and replace core programs in the year or years immediately following state adoption. In open states, each individual school or school district evaluates and purchases materials independently, typically according to a five- toten-year cycle. As a result, in individual adoption states, purchases of core instructional materials in a particular subject area tend to be clustered in a window of one to three years, while in individual open territory states they may be spread over several years.

The following chart illustrates the current adoption and open territory states:

The formal determination whether to approve a program for state adoption is typically made by the state board of education sectoror chief state school officer, informed by recommendations by one or more instructional materials review committees comprised of educators, curriculum specialists, and or subject area experts. The district level selection process varies but, in both adoption and open states, usually entails presentation to and evaluation by a committee of educators. State level evaluations typically focus primarily on alignment to state academic standards, whereas local evaluators consider, in addition to standards alignment, more subjective factors such as the Common Core State Standards, a setease of shared mathuse and literacysuitability for particular student populations. Providers of instructional content often, although not always, customize their programs for particular states, including both adoption and open states, to strengthen alignment to state standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the needassessments and/or to address customization provides an ongoingspecific needs and preferences of students and educators in a state.

6


The student population in adoption states represents approximately 53% of the U.S. elementary and secondaryschool-age population. A number of adoption states, and a few open territory states, provide categorical state funding for instructional materials; that is, funds that cannot be used for any purpose other than to purchase instructional content or, in some cases, technology equipment used to deliver instruction. In some states, categorical instructional materials funds can be used only for the purchase of materials on the state-approved list. In states that do not provide categorical state instructional materials funding, districts pay for materials primarily out of general purpose state formula aid and/or local funds.

Supplemental

Supplemental resources encompass a wide variety of targeted solutions that enrich learning and support student achievement beyond core curriculum. Supplemental resources can be print and/or digital, and can include workbooks, test-prep materials, software, games and apps. Many teachers augment their core curriculum with supplemental resources for additional practice and personalized instruction around particular areas of need, such as writing or vocabulary. Supplemental materials are purchased by individual teachers, schools and districts whose purchases are not tied to adoption schedules and who use funding from local, state and federal sources.

Intervention

Intervention solutions are generally purchased by individual schools or districts. Demand for companiesintervention materials is significant and growing in the sector to maintain relationships with individual stateUnited States. In the latest NAEP (National Assessment of Educational Progress) assessments conducted in 2015, more than 60 percent of public school students performed below proficiency in both literacy and district policymakersmathematics. These students are strong candidates for intervention programs that are focused on improving outcomes and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

Growth in the U.S. K-12 marketensuring students perform at grade level. As demand for educationaldigital content and personalized learning solutions is growing, traditional distinctions between core, supplemental and intervention materials and assessments are blurring.

Intervention products and services will be driven by several factors. In the near term, total spend by institutions, which is largely dependent uponare funded through state and local funding is rebounding inas well as federal funding allocations pursuant to the wake of the U.S. economic recovery. While the market has historically grown above the pace of inflation, averaging 7.2% growth annually since 1969, the difficult operating environment stemming from the recession has caused many statesESSA and IDEA. Title I provides funding to schools and school districts to defer spending on educational materials. Following the recovery,

with high concentrations of students from low income families and as tax revenues collected through income, sales and property taxes continue to rebound, institutional customers benefit from improved funding cycles. However, the U.S. economic recovery has been slower than anticipated and there can be no assurance that any further improvement will be significant. Nevertheless, states such as California, Florida and Texas have been moving forward with major adoptions of instructional materials. For example, in 2015 California is scheduled to adopt materials in English language arts, Florida is scheduled to adopt social studies materials, and Texas is expectedoften used to purchase social studiesintervention products and high school mathematics materials adoptedservices.

Assessment

The assessment market segment includes summative, formative orin-classroom, and cognitive assessments. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in 2014.

Longer-term growth ina particular subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments areon-going,in-classroom tests that occur throughout the U.S. K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments. Compared to 54.7 million students in 2010, total U.S. public school enrollments are expected to increase to approximately 58.0 million by the 2022 school year accordingand monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Diagnostic and cognitive assessments are designed to NCES and the U.S. Census Bureau. Accordingly, NCES forecasts that the current expenditures in the U.S. K-12 market are expected to grow to approximately $699 billion by 2022-23. The instructional supplies and services market, which uses the types of educational materials and services that we offer, represents approximately 4.8%, or $33.5 billion, of these expenditures. There is no guarantee that spending will increase by the amount forecasted and, if it does, there is no guarantee that our sales will increase accordingly.

In addition, increased investment inpinpoint areas of government policy focus is expectedneed and are often administered by specialists to further drive market growth. For example, President Obama has identified early childhood development as an important education initiativeidentify learning difficulties and qualify individuals for special services under the requirements IDEA.

ESSA requires annual summative testing in reading and mathematics at grades 3 through 8 and one grade level of his administration and has proposed a Preschool for All initiative, which has not been enacted, with a $75 billion budget over the next 10 years to increase access to high-quality early childhood education. In addition, according to a January 2015 report from the Education Commission of the States (ECS), state funding for Preschool programs totaled $6.3 billion in fiscal 2014-15, a 12% increase from the prior fiscal year. We believe the adoption of new academic standards in many states, including states that have adopted the Common Core State Standards in mathematics and English language arts, is also expanding the market for teacher professional development andhigh school, improvement services.

Increasing Focus on Accountability and Student Outcomes

U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, due to recognition of its importance to the U.S. society at large and concern over the perceived decline in U.S. students’ competitiveness relative to their international peers. An independent task force report published in March of 2012 by the Council on Foreign Relations, a non-partisan membership organization and think tank, observed that American students rank far behind global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, and concluded that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader componentstesting in science at a minimum of America’s global leadership.

These concerns helped lead tothree grade levels. Under ESSA, states have greater flexibility than under the passage ofprevious No Child Left Behind (“NCLB”),Act in 2002, which ushered in an era of stricter accountability, higher standardschoosing their assessment approach and increased transparency in education. Sincehow they intervene with the enactment of NCLB, states have been required to measure annual progress towards these standards and make results publicly available. Race tolowest performing schools. In addition, the Top, a competitive grant program initiated by the U.S. Department of Education (“DOE”) in 2009, continued the pushlaw prohibits federal incentives for greater accountability, encouraging states to adopt internationally benchmarked college and career-readyany particular set of standards, and teacher evaluation systems based in part on standardized test scores. Since 2009, 46 states have adopted and most are now in the process of implementing new academic standards in mathematics and English language arts, based on the Common Core State Standards, developed under the auspices of governors and state chief school officers.

This heightened focus on accountability and the adoption of new, more rigorous standards has elevated the importance of, and helped drive demand for, high-quality, proven content that is aligned with these standards and empowers educators to meet new requirements. Schools have also increased their expenditures on services that provide them with the data management and assessment capabilities they need to measure their progress. Although this trend may lead to increases in spending by schools and districts, educational mandates and expenditures can also be affected by other factors.

Growing Shift Towards Digital Materials

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. An increasing number of schools are utilizing digital content in their classrooms and implementing online or blended learning environments, which mix the use of print and digital educational materials in the classroom. Technologies are also being adapted for educational uses on the internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permits the sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices at the same time through a virtual network. An analysis conducted by the DOE in 2009 that surveyed more than a thousand empirical studies of online learning found that, on average, students in online learning conditions performed modestly better than those receiving face-to-face instruction.

While the adoption of technology within the U.S. K-12 market may differ significantly across districts and states due to varying resources and infrastructure, most schools are seeking to implement more technology and are seeking partners to help them create effective digital learning environments. In some cases, districts are requiring providers of instructional materials to include digital components in their offerings, and are exploring subscription-based models for acquiring content. Many educators also believe that the increased implementation of digital learning environments will enable the widespread use of learning analytics, which enhance the ability to monitor patterns or gather intelligence surrounding student behavior and learning to ultimately help schools build better pedagogical methods, target at-risk students and improve student retention.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are a leader in our market based on our decades-long experience developing content and solutions and forming and maintaining long-term customer and industry relationships. We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:

High-quality content portfolio. Our intellectual property portfolio is one of our most valuable and difficult to replicate assets. It reflects multi-billion dollar investments over our history in content development, conceptualization and acquisition, including on average, $120 million in annual pre-publication content development expenditures over the past five years. Our portfolio contains almost 500,000 separate International Standard Book Numbers, including print, digital and bundled titles, spanning education, general interest, children’s and reference works and includes content developed in collaboration with respected educational authors such as Irene Fountas, Gay Su Pinnell and Ed Berger. We leverage this content, which is backed by decades of research, to provide educational products and solutions used and relied upon daily by thousands of teachers, students, parents and lifelong learners. Our solutions provide comprehensive and effective educational curricula developed to meet or exceed U.S. and global education standards, including the Common Core State Standards. As an example of the efficacy of our educational content, a recent independent, gold standard randomized control trial study (the only research design meeting What Works Clearinghouse standards for demonstrating effectiveness), conducted by PRES Associates, concluded that students usingHMH Journeys had significantly greater learning gains than similar students using competitors’ reading programs.

Long-standing relationships with educators and other key education stakeholders.Cultivating relationships with educators is a critical success factor in our market. Given the nature of K-12 education and the market’s multi-year usage cycle, wherein schools use a specific curriculum program for several years, we believe that educators have little room for error in selecting programs for their schools and seek out relationships with established providers to minimize curriculum selection risk. We believe our relationships with educators are an important source of competitive advantage. Our relationships reflect a long history of education policy expertise, unique content development competencies, and results-driven education solutions, and lead to strong contract retention and better access to new customers and future growth opportunities. For example, as states have considered adopting the Common Core State Standards, and adding their state-specific academic requirements to Common Core State Standards, we have played an active roleassessments. Several states that had initially participated in the changing curriculum landscape. WeCommon Core-based Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium (“SBAC”) and the Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers (“PARCC”) have met with various state leaderssince dropped out of the consortia and discussed generallydecided to use other assessments to measure student achievement. Major challenges facing the future of the consortia are testing time, cost, and dependency for online assessment delivery.

7


As states plan for and implement new assessments and districts continue to transition to Common Core State Standardsnew standards, demand for quality measures and related matters, including how our products,

reporting systems that help educators prepare students for the content coverage and item types anticipated on the new assessments should continue to increase.

services and capabilities can help educators with that transition. Separately, we provide fee-based teacher training sessions through our educational services offerings for educators adopting the Common Core State Standards. These services constitute part of our growing suite of professional services provided to improve educational effectivenessStates rely heavily on large federal programs, such as Title I and IDEA to augment their contributions for assessments. Classroom assessment decisions are primarily made at the district level, relying on state and local funding.

Professional Learning

The professional learning market segment includes consulting and support services to assist individual schools and educators.

Our sales force utilizes a strategic, consultative approach that involves stakeholders at every level of the decision-making process, from state legislators and school districts toin raising student achievement, implementing new programs and technology effectively, developing effective teachers, principals and leaders, as well as school administrators and teachers. Our approach positions us to flexibly respond to schools’school-district turnaround and teachers’ needs, as demonstrated by our growing suiteimprovement solutions. We believe all districts and schools contract for some level of professional services. These services may include support forup-front training,in-classroom coaching, institutes, author workshops, professional learning communities, leadership development, technical support and maintenance, and program management.

Professional learning is directly addressed in ESSA. ESSA restructured Title II, the section of the law addressing teacher quality, and eliminated federal “highly qualified teacher” requirements. ESSA prohibits U.S. Department of Education mandates and incentives to evaluate teachers based on student test scores, which in recent years have channeled resources and attention to the development of educator evaluation systems, measurement tools, and related training. Title II now focuses instead on the role of the profession in improving student achievement, including new requirements to ensure professional development is not only sustained (“noone-day workshops”), but also“job-embedded”, “data-driven,” and “personalized.” It is expected that school districts will need to focus their applications for teacher training to ensure teacher alignment with high quality standards as well as priorities for funds tolow-performing schools where comprehensive support and improvement plans are focused on improving educational effectiveness at both the institutionalin place. There are also significant funding opportunities for professional learning as part of state programs, especially in states where they have consolidated program funding and instructor levels.

Iconic brands with international recognition.Our brands include characters and titles that we believe are recognized in the United States and internationally, such as Curious George, CliffsNotes, Gossie & Gertie,The Polar Express and Life of Pi, and which we believe resonate with students, teachers, educators and parents. We believe that nearly every school-aged child in the United States has used our curriculum as part of their education because we sell our educational products to approximately 13,850 public school districts and 14,600 private schools in the United States that collectively represent approximately 98% of student enrollments in the United States. Our comprehensive instructional materials reach 100% of the top 1,000 school districts in the United States. This combination of reach and recognition contributes to what we believe is a long-lasting relationship with consumers, who are introduced to our brands as children, use our educational products throughout their pre-K-12 school years, read our general interest titles as adults, and then purchase our content for their own children. We believe that we have a strong foundation upon which to further monetize our intellectual property across new media and channels, including websites, mobile applications, e-books and games.

Strategic relationships with industry and technology thought leaders.Our position as a leader in our market allows us to continually expand upon our strategic relationships with both industry and technology thought leaders. These relationships enable us to create innovativewant solutions that meet the evolving needs of the global education market. For example, our agreements with technology companies in the U.S. K-12 education market include a non-exclusive digital distribution agreement with Apple underare “evidence-based.”

The professional learning services segment, which our educational content is delivered on the iOS platform as interactive textbooks through the iBookstore and a non-exclusive agreement with Knewton to deliver adaptive learning solutions to K-12 studentsrelatively fragmented in the United States, viais expected to grow as the integration of our educational content with Knewton’s proprietary personalizedtransition to digital learning technology. Additionally, we have entered into a series of agreements with A&E, a cablein classrooms increases the need for technology training and television channel, enabling us to develop and offer traditional and digital instructional materials featuring A&E History multimedia content in co-branded products in the U.S. market.

Strong financial position and scalable business model.Our strong financial position is derived from our ability to generate significant cash flow from operating activities and the actions that we have taken over the past few years. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we generated $491.0 million, $157.2 million and $104.8 million of cash flow from operations, respectively. As a result of the lingering impact of the economic recession on spending, our significant non-cash charges associated with our 2010 recapitalization, and other factors, we generated net lossesimplementation support for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $111.5 million, $111.2 million and $87.1 million, respectively.

educators. We believe that as we continuethe use of interim data, differentiation, teacher content knowledge (in mathematics) and the use of technology in the classroom are the areas in which teachers and leaders are most seeking support. Also, demand for teacher training and professional development opportunities tied to monetize our content across newly developed channels, we will beginthe implementation of new or revised standards at the state level is expected to realize even greater sales while incurring lower incremental costs, which will further improve our operating margins.continue. In addition, there is expected to be a need to develop new teachers as we distribute more of our content in digital formats, our operating margins will benefit from lower development and distribution costs relative to print products. We have embraced this gradual shift to digital through our “hybrid” offerings of print and digital products that allow for flexibility in the delivery of an education curriculum while allowing us to benefit from better margins as more and more schools make the transition to digital. Because of these factors, we believe our business model is scalable since we should be able to generate future revenue without materially increasing our costs as we

believe our current infrastructure, warehousing and fulfillment capabilities can support increased sales. Our debt balance of $243.1 million as of December 31, 2014, current cash and short-term investment position of $743.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and total available liquidity of $963.4 million as of December 31, 2014 provide the flexibilitynext several years are expected to continue to investsee the “greening” of the teaching force, with approximately 200,000 new teachers entering the work force every year and roughly 50% attrition rate among new teachers.

Trade Publishing

Trade Publishing market includes children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinary and reference titles. While digital formats have gained some traction in new projectsthis market, print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and pursue selective acquisitions.distributed. In recent years, eBooks sales in the industry have declined while the market overall grew.

Our Products and Services

We areHMH is organized along two reportablereporting segments: Education and Trade Publishing. Our primary segment measures are net sales and Adjusted EBITDA. The Education segment is our largest business, representing approximately 87% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 88% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132016 and 2012.2015.

8


Education

Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platformsintegrated solutions that engage learners, empower educators and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, which are aimed at improving learning outcomes, professional development and school reform services. With an in-house content development team supplemented by external specialists, we develop programs that can be aligned to state standards and customized for specific state requests. In addition, our Education segment offers a wide range of educational, cognitive and developmental standardized testing products in print and digital online formats, targeting the educational and clinical assessment markets.improve student outcomes. The principal marketsprinciple customers for our Education products are elementaryK-12 school districts, which purchase core curriculum, supplemental and secondary school systems.

The Education segment includes, in addition to our Houghton Mifflin Harcourt brand, such brands as Heinemann, Riverside, Holt McDougal, Great Source, Rigby, Saxon, Steck-Vaughn,intervention solutions and Math in Focus. These brands offer solutions in reading, language arts, mathematics, intervention, social studies, science and world languages, as well as curriculum resources, professional development services and an array of highly regarded educational, cognitive and developmental assessment products. These brands, collectively, benefit from a market share greater than 40% in our addressable market, which is the portion of the total market in which we sell our products and services, as well as strong relationships with its customers. Most of these relationships have been developed over many years through a service-based approach, which entails a member of our sales force interacting with the customer and providing a product or service tailored to meet the customer’s needs.learning services.

The Education segment net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were $1,209.1$1,223.0 million and $298.5$253.6 million, $1,207.9$1,207.1 million and $343.2$225.7 million, and $1,128.6$1,251.1 million and $329.7$269.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively.

Our Education productsofferings consist of the following offerings:following:

 

  Comprehensive CurriculumCore Solutions. The Comprehensive Curriculum group develops comprehensive educational: Our core curriculum offerings include education programs intended to provide a complete course of study in a subject, either at a single grade level or across multiple grade levels,disciplines including reading, math, social studies and science that serve as the primary sourcesources of classroom instruction. We develop and market Comprehensive Curriculum programs for the pre-K-12 market utilizing the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt brands. This group focuses its publishing portfolio on the subjects that have consistently received the highest priority from educators and educational policy makers, namely reading, literature and language arts, mathematics, science, world languages and social studies. Within each subject, comprehensive learningHMH’s core programs are designedcreated to provide educators with the resources needed to align with state standards and then marketed with a varietysupport students in their mastery of proprietary products to maximize teaching effectiveness, including textbooks, workbooks, teachers’ guidesthe subject matter, resulting in positive outcomes and resources, audiocompetency. HMH’s market-leading programs within this space includeJourneys for reading,Collectionsfor literature,Go Math! for math, and visual aidsScience Dimensions and technology-based products.Science Fusion for Science.

 

  

Supplemental Solutions:HMH’s supplemental offerings include a variety of targeted solutions that enrich learning and support student achievement beyond the core curriculum. Supplemental resources can be print and/or digital, and can include workbooks, test-prep materials, software, games and apps. Many teachers augment core curriculum with supplemental resources that can provide additional practice for their students and further personalize learning instruction to support student growth in essential areas such as writing or vocabulary. HMH’s offerings in the supplemental space includeSteck-Vaughn language arts, math and GED prep workbooks,Saxon Phonics and Spelling,Rigby Leveled Readers, and our popular “Classroom Reading Libraries,” which provide individually-curated collections of “just-right” books to strengthen literacy development and foster independent reading.

Intervention ProductsSolutions:. We develop products targeted at addressing Intervention solutions also address curricular needs outside of the core disciplines, supporting student achievement for those with unique needs, such as English language learners, a growing population, and students performing below grade level. Our intervention solutions support struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions,offerings, including market-leading products targeted at assisting English language learners and products providing incremental instruction in a particular subject area. Supplemental Products are used both as alternatives and as supplements to Comprehensive Curriculum programs,

enabling local educators to tailor their education programs in a cost-effective way that is irrespective of adoption schedules. Included with this group of products are professional books and developmental resources aimed at empowering pre-K-12 teachers, our Benchmark Assessment System, which allows teachers to evaluate students’ reading levels three times a year, and our Leveled Literacy Intervention System, which is a supplementary intervention program for children struggling with reading and writing. The author base includes prominent experts in teaching, such as Irene FountasMATH 180, READ 180 Universal, System 44 and Gay Su Pinnell, who support the practice of other teachers through books, videos, workshops and classroom tools. iRead. The Supplemental and Intervention Products group generatesproducts within this area generate net sales and earnings that do not vary greatly with the adoption cycle. In addition, the development of supplementalcycle and intervention materials tends to require significantly less capital investment than the development of a Comprehensive Curriculumcore curriculum program.

 

  Educational ServicesAssessment:. To extend our value proposition beyond curriculum, HMH assessment and technology solutions, we provide consulting services to assist school districts in increasing accountability for improvement and offering professional development training, comprehensive services and school turnaround solutions. We believe our educational services offer integrated solutions that combine the best learning resources available today. These include learning resources that are supported with professional development in classroom assessment, teacher effectiveness and high-impact leadership, which have a measurable and sustainable impact on student achievement.

Assessment.Assessment productsofferings provide district and state-level solutions focused on clinical, groupcognitive and formative assessment tools and platform solutions. ClinicalCognitive solutions provide psychological and special needs testing to assess intellectual, cognitive and behavioral development. Our productsgroup and formative solutions include measurementK-12 assessment tools and services relating to intellectual ability,benchmark academic achievement assessments around cognitive abilities and several diagnostic and assessmentgrowth as well as low-stakes tools that assist in identifying the learning needs and abilities of students. Key products in the assessment space includeIowa Assessments,Woodcock-Johnson® and theCognitive Abilities Test (CogAT®), as well as HMH’sMath Inventory andReading Inventory solutions, which offer educators rich data reporting tool to ensure their students are on track for success.

 

  Professional Services: HMH brings together its world-renowned authors and education experts to work directly withK-12 educators and administrators to build instructional excellence, cultivate leadership and provide school districts with the comprehensive support they need to raise student achievement. Offerings include ongoing curriculum support and expertise in professional development, technical services, coaching, and strategic consulting from trusted names like the International Center for Leadership in Education (ICLE) and Math Solutions®.

Heinemann. We sell our: A division of HMH, Heinemann provides professional resources and educational solutions into global education markets predominantly to large English language schools in highservices for teachers, kindergarten through college. With 11 straight years of growth, territories primarily in Asia,Heinemann is the Pacific,leading professional publisher for educators, and features well-known and respected authors such as Irene Fountas,Gay-Su Pinnell and Lucy Calkins, who support the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbeanpractice of teachers through books, videos, workshops, online courses, and Africa. In addition to our sales and business development team, we have a global network of distributors in local markets around the world.most recently through explicit teaching materials.

9


Trade Publishing

Our Trade Publishing segment, which dates back tofounded in 1832, primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. The principal marketsprinciple distribution channels for Trade Publishing products are retail stores (both physical and online) and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

Our Trade Publishing segment offers an extensive library of general interest, young readers and reference works that include well-known characters and brands. Our award-winning general interest titles encompassinclude literary fiction, culinary, andnon-fiction in hardcover,e-book and paperback formats, including the Mariner Books paperback line. Among the general interest properties are the popular J.R.R. Tolkien titles, and the prolific The Best American series. The general interest group also publishes the CliffsNotes series of test prepSeries and study guides, branded field guides, such as the Peterson Field Guides and Taylor’s Gardening Guides and extensive culinary works. With the 2012 acquisition of certain culinary and reference assets, we bolstered our catalog and increased our market share in those two niches. In culinary, our catalog now includes major cookbook brands such as Betty Crocker and Better Homes and Gardens in addition to recent best sellers including theHow to Cook Everything series. Our catalog features numerous Nobel series and Pulitzer Prize winners and Newbery and Caldecott medal winners, including a 2014 and 2013 Caldecott Honor winner and a 2014 Pulitzer Prize winner.Whole30. In young readers publishing, a segment in which we demonstrated growth in 2014, our list addresses a broad age group and includes an array of products for the preschool/early learning market, including board books, picture booksrecognized characters and workbooks. This list includes recognized characterstitles such as Curious George andMartha Speaks,, both

successful television programs featured on PBS,Five Little Monkeys,,Gossie & Gertie,Friends, Polar Express, Little Blue Truck, and many more. We also publish novels for young adults, a growing genre, which we bolstered with additional editorial talent in 2014. In the reference category, we are the publisherincluding titles from Lois Lowry, author of the American HeritageThe Giver, and Webster’s New World dictionaries, and related titles.

Even before e-books gained prominence in the market, we had developed in-house experience in converting, structuring, storing and distributing dictionary and other reference content for digital platforms, and applied our knowledge and tools in the digital space to consumer trade content including e-books and applications. In addition to traditional conversions of print to digital content, we now develop our content digitally in various formats with minimal incremental investment, and we employ in-house programmers and developers to produce new digital content based on our trade products. For example, we have brought the Curious George character to multiple digital platforms with the development of a prominent website, curiousgeorge.com, which is an award-winning interactive learning tool for pre-school children, and a suite of Curious George apps, which both entertain and educate early learners at home. As such, we have an established and flexible solution for converting, manipulating and distributing trade content to the many emerging digital consumer platforms such as e-readers and tablets. We continue to actively publish into the sizable consumer market for e-books, book or character-based applications and other digital products with net sales from e-books reaching $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and now representing approximately 15% of our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the same period. We continue to focus on the development of innovative new digital products which capitalize on our content, our digital expertise, and the growing consumer demand for these products. In addition, we are increasingly leveraging the strength of our Trade Publishing brands and characters, such as Curious George, together with our expertise in developing educational solutions, to further penetrate the large and growing consumer market for at-home educational products and services.Kwame Alexander.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, Trade Publishing net sales and Adjusted EBITDA were approximately $163.2$184.5 million and $12.7$16.1 million, $170.7$165.6 million and $24.4$6.3 million, and $157.1$164.9 million and $28.8$7.7 million, respectively.

Our Industry

K-12 comprehensive curriculum or basal market

The U.S. K-12 comprehensive curriculum or basal market provides educational programs and assessments to approximately 55.0 million students across approximately 132,000 elementary and secondary schools. Basal programs cover curriculum standards in a particular subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials required to conduct the class throughout the year. Products and services in basal programs include students’ print and digital offerings and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and services.

Comprehensive curriculum programs are the primary source of classroom education for most K-12 academic subjects, and as a result, enrollment trends are a major driver of industry growth. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments, a driver of growth in the educational publishing industry, are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term.

In addition, the market for comprehensive curriculum programs is affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment, and accountability in each state. A significant change in state curriculum standards requires that assessments, teacher training programs, and instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for new comprehensive curriculum programs.

The majority of states are in the process of implementing or transitioning to new curriculum standards in the two most important subject areas, mathematics and English language arts. For the most part, these new standards are based on the Common Core State Standards, the product of a multi-state effort to establish a single set of

content standards in mathematics and English language arts for grades K-12. Forty-six states and the District of Columbia have adopted the Common Core State Standards or curriculum standards based on them. Most of these states are administering new student assessments aligned to the new standards, including tests developed by two multistate testing consortia, the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium and the Partnership for Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers, beginning in the 2014-15 school year. Schools in these states will need to augment and replace instructional materials, including comprehensive curriculum programs, to align to the new standards and to prepare students for the new state assessments.

Instructional material adoption process

The process through which materials and curricula are selected and procured for classroom use varies throughout the United States. Twenty states, known as adoption states, approve and procure new basal programs usually every six to eight years on a state-wide basis, and individual schools or school districts typically purchase instructional materials from the state approved list, although in some adoption states districts may be permitted to select materials not on the state list. In all remaining states, known as open states or open territories, each individual school or school district can procure materials at any time, though usually according to a five to ten year cycle. In adoption states, the states approve curriculum and often provide dedicated funding for educational and instructional materials, while in open states, local school districts approve curriculum and provide funding.

The following chart illustrates the current adoption and open states:

The student population in adoption states represents over 50% of the U.S. elementary and secondary school-age population. A number of adoption states provide categorical state funding for instructional materials, that is, funds that typically cannot be used for any purpose other than to purchase instructional content or, in some cases, technology equipment used to deliver instruction. In some states, categorical instructional materials funds can be used only for the purchase of materials on the state-approved list.

In adoption states, the state education board’s decision to approve a certain program developed by an educational content provider depends on recommendations from instructional materials committees, which are often comprised of educators and curriculum specialists. Such committees typically recommend a program only if it aligns to the state’s educational content standards. To ensure the approval and subsequent success of a new instructional materials program, educational content providers typically conduct extensive market research, including: discussions of the planned curriculum with the state-level curriculum advisors to secure their support; development of prototype instructional materials that are focus-tested with educators, often against competing programs, to gather feedback on the program’s content and design; and incorporation of qualitative input from existing customers in terms of classroom needs.

In open territories, the procurement process is typically characterized by a presentation and provision of sample materials to instructional materials selection committees, which subsequently evaluate and recommend a particular program to district level school boards. Products are generally customized to meet the states’ curriculum standards with similar research methods as in adoption states.

We believe that a content provider’s ultimate success in a given state will depend on a variety of factors, including the quality of its programs and materials, the strength of its relationships with key decision-makers and the magnitude of its marketing and sales efforts. As a result, educational content providers often implement formal market research efforts that include educator focus groups, prototypes of student and ancillary materials and comparisons against competing products. At the same time, marketing and editorial staffs work closely together to incorporate the results of research into products, while developing the most up-to-date, research- and needs-based curricula.

Supplemental and Intervention materials market

The supplemental and intervention materials market includes a wide range of product offerings targeted at addressing specific needs in a district generally not addressed through a comprehensive curriculum solution. These products are typically offered in the form of print, digital, service and blended product solutions. The development of supplemental materials and solutions tends to require significantly less capital investment than the development of a basal program. These materials and solutions enable local educators to tailor their education programs in a cost-effective way that is not tied to adoption schedules.

Supplemental products and services are funded through state and local resources as well as government funding allocations as designated through Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (“ESEA”) and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”). Title I distributes funding to those schools and school districts which are comprised of a relatively high percentage of students from low income families as defined by the ESEA. In addition, Title I appropriates money for the education system for the prevention of dropouts and the improvement of schools. IDEA governs how states and public agencies provide early intervention, special education and related services to children with disabilities. In recent years, the supplemental materials that schools have purchased have changed as the demands and expectations for educators and students have changed. Educational institutions have increasingly purchased digital solutions along with traditional supplemental materials and, with the growing emphasis on accountability, demand for targeted intervention solutions, school reform and turnaround services has been on the rise.

Assessment market

The assessment market includes summative, formative or in-classroom, and diagnostic assessments. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments are on-going, in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Diagnostic assessments are designed to pinpoint areas of need and are often administered by specialists to identify learning difficulties and qualify individuals for special services under the requirements of IDEA.

Many states and districts are also utilizing teacher evaluation systems that measure teacher performance based on standardized test scores and other elements required to meet certain benchmarks set by policymakers. Certain federal agencies are shifting the focus to children at even younger ages to provide intervention before significant achievement gaps are realized. As a result, this has led to additional opportunities in the early childhood development market.

Many states are implementing new statewide student assessment programs in the 2014-15 school year, including those promulgated by the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium and the Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers. Presently, 21 states are participating in the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium, while 12 states and the District of Columbia are participating in the Partnership Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers.

As states plan for the upcoming new assessments, and districts continue to transition to new standards based on the Common Core State Standards, demand for quality measures which help the districts prepare for the content coverage and item types anticipated on the new assessments should continue to increase.

International market

The global education market continues to demonstrate strong macroeconomic growth characteristics. There are 1.4 billion students out of a 7.2 billion world population. Population growth is a leading indicator for pre-primary school enrollments, which have a subsequent impact on secondary and higher education enrollments. Globally, according to United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (“UNESCO”), rapid population growth has caused pre-primary enrollments to grow by 16.2% worldwide from 2007 to 2011. Additionally, the global population is expected to be approximately 9.0 billion by 2050, as countries develop and improvements in medical conditions increase the birth rate.

Internationally, we predominantly export and sell K-12 books to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, which are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and Africa. Our international sales team utilizes a global network of distributors in local markets around the world. According to the Book Industry Study Group and the Association of American Publishers, the size of the K-12 U.S. export market is estimated at $100 million, of which we have a growing market share.

Our immediate strategy is to expand our addressable market through working with local distributors to localize our K-12 content for sale into public and private schools in targeted international markets and to sell digitized content through key distributors into global school and consumer markets.

Trade Publishing market

The Trade Publishing market includes works of fiction and non-fiction in the General Interest and Young Reader’s categories, dictionaries and other reference works. While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarily e-books, has developed rapidly over the past several years, as the industry evolves to embrace new technologies for developing, producing, marketing and distributing trade works.

Seasonality

In the K-12 market, we typically receive payments for products and services from individual school districts, and, to a lesser extent, individual schools and states. In the case of testing and assessment products and services, payment is received from the individually contracted parties. In the Trade Publishing market, payment is received for products from book distributors and retail booksellers.

Approximately 88%87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 20142017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the pastour latest three completed fiscal years, approximately 67%68% of consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized testingassessment products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.

Competition

We sell our products in highly competitive markets. In these markets, product quality, innovation and customer service and perceived stability and longevity are major differentiating factors in generating sales growth.between companies. Other factors affecting sales growth in the K-12 market include the level of student enrollment in subjects that are up for adoption and the level of spending per student appropriated in each state and/or school district. Profitability is affected by industry developments including:competition include: (i) competitive selling,pricing, sampling and gratis costs; (ii) development costs for customized instructional materialsdigitization and assessment programs;innovative delivery; and (iii) higher technology costs dueeducational effectiveness of the program. In addition to the increased number of textbook program components being developed in digital formats. There are three primary traditional comprehensivenational curriculum publishers, in the K-12 market, whichwe also compete with a variety of specialized or

regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions.regions in theK-12 market. There are also multiple competitors in the Trade Publishing, supplemental and assessment markets.segments offering content that school districts increasingly are using as part of their core classroom instructional materials. In addition, school districts in many states are able to spend educational funds on “instructional materials” that include core and supplemental materials, computer software, digital media, digital courseware, and online services. Our larger competitors in the educational market include Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, Curriculum Associates, LLC, Benchmark Education, LLC, Accelerate Learning, Inc., and K12Amplify Education, Inc. Also competing in our market as a substitute are open educational resources. These resources are free, digital solutions that range from supplemental resources to full Core Solutions programs.

10


Printing and binding; raw materials

We outsource the printing and binding of our products, with approximately 75%50% of our printing currentlyrequirements handled by one major supplier and one print services broker who negotiates on our behalf with an extended supplier base.supplier. We have procurement agreements that provide volume and scheduling flexibility and price predictability. We have a longstanding relationship with these parties. Approximately 20%18% of our printed materials (consisting primarily of teacher’s editions and other ancillary components) are printed outside of the United States and approximately 80%82% of our printed materials (including most student editions) are printed within the United States. Paper is one of our principal raw materials. We purchase our paper primarily through one paper merchant and also directly through suppliers for limited product types. We maintain various agreements that protect against supply availability and unbound price increases. We manage our paper supply concentration by having primary and secondary sources and staying ahead of dramatic market changes.

Distribution

We operate three distribution facilities from which we coordinate our own distribution process: one each in Indianapolis, Indiana; Geneva, Illinois; and Troy, Missouri. We also utilize select suppliers to assist us with coordinating the distribution process for a limited number of product types. Additionally, some adoption states require us to usein-state textbook depositories for educational materials sold in that particular state. We utilize delivery firms including United Parcel Service Inc., FedEx Freight, CH Robinson Worldwide Inc., YRC Freight, SAIA and USF Holland, Inc. to facilitate the principally ground transportation of products.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014,2017, we had approximately 3,3003,800 employees, none of which were covered by collective bargaining agreements. These employees are substantially located in the United States with approximately 230218 employees located outside of the United States. We believe that relations with employees are generally good.

Intellectual property

Our principal intellectual property assets consist of our trademarks and copyrights in our content. Substantially all of our publications are protected by copyright, whether registered or unregistered, either in our name as the author of a work made for hire or the assignee of copyright, or in the name of an author who has licensed us to publish the work. Ownership of such copyrights secures the exclusive right to publish the work in the United States and in many countries abroad for specified periods: in the United States, in most cases, either 95 years from publication or for the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum of 28 years for works published prior to 1978 and 35 years for works published thereafter. In most cases, the authors who retain ownership of their copyright have licensed to us exclusive rights for the full term of copyright. Under U.S. copyright law, for licenses granted by an author during or after 1978, such exclusive licenses are subject to termination by the author or certain of the author’s heirs for a five year period beginning at the end of 35 years after the date of publication of the work or 40 years after the date of the license grant, whichever term ends earlier.

We do not own any material patents, franchises or concessions, but we have registered certain trademarks and service marks in connection with our publishing businesses. We believe we have taken, and take in the ordinary course of business, all appropriate available legal steps to reasonably protect our intellectual property in all material jurisdictions.

Environmental matters

We generally contract with independent printers and binders for their services, and our operations are generally not otherwise affected by environmental laws and regulations. However, as the owner and lessee of real property, we are subject to environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment, the remediation of contaminated sites and the handling and disposal of

11


wastes. It is possible that we could face liability, regardless of fault, and can be held jointly or severally liable, if contamination were to be discovered on the properties that we own or lease or on properties that we have formerly owned or leased. We are currently unaware of any material environmental liabilities or other material environmental issues relating to our properties or operations and anticipate no material expenditures for compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

Additional information

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2010, and was established as the holding company of the current operating group. The Company changed its name from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. on October 22, 2013.Houghton Mifflin Harcourt was formed in December 2007 with the acquisition of Harcourt Education Group, then the second-largestK-12 U.S. publisher, by Houghton Mifflin Group. We are headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Our corporate website iswww.hmhco.com. We make available our annual reports on Form10-K, quarterly reports on Form10-Q, current reports on Form8-K and amendments to these reports, as well as other information, free of charge through our corporate website under the “Corporate Governance”“Financial Information” link located at: ir.hmhco.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The information found on our website or any other website we refer to in this Annual Report is not part of this Annual Report or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

12


Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by many factors outside of our control, including changes in federal, state and local education funding, general economic conditions and/orand changes in legislation and public policy.

A majority of our sales are to public school districts in the United States, most of which rely primarily on a combination of local tax revenues and state legislative appropriations for general operating funds and to pay for purchases of goods and services, including instructional materials. Funding for public schools at both the state procurement process.

The performance and growth of our U.S. educational comprehensive curriculum, supplemental and assessment businesses depend in part on federal and state education funding, which in turn is dependent on the robustness of state finances and the level of funding allocated to educational programs. State, local and municipal finances were and continue tolevels can be adversely affected by the recent U.S. economic recession andtax collections, which are affected bytypically sensitive to general economic conditions, and factors outside of our control, as well as increasing costsby political and financial liabilities of under-funded public pension plans. In response to general economic conditions or budget shortfalls, states and districts may reduce educational spending to protect against existing or expected economic conditions or seek cost savings to mitigate budget deficits. Most public school districts, the primary customers for K-12 products and services, depend largely onpolicy choices made by state and local governments. A reduction in funding levels, whether due to purchase materials. Inan economic downturn or legislative action, or a failure of projected funding increases to materialize, can constrain resources available to school districts in states that primarily rely on local tax proceeds, significant reductions in those proceeds for any reason can severely restrict districtmaking purchases of instructional materials. In districtsmaterials and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Some states, that primarily rely onincluding a majority of adoption states, provide dedicated state funding for the purchase of instructional content and/or classroom technology, and expenditures for instructional materials a reduction in state fundsthose states tend to be highly dependent on appropriation of those funds. If dedicated funding is not appropriated, or loosening ofif the amount is substantially less than anticipated or legislative action is taken to lift restrictions on the use of those funds, then purchases of instructional materials may reduceto be significantly reduced and our net sales. Additionally,sales may be adversely impacted.

In addition, many school districts, including most large urban districts, receive substantial amountsfederal funding through Federal education programs, funding for which may be reduced as a result of Congressional budget actions.

Federal and/or state legislative changes can also affect the funding available for educational expenditure, which include the impact of education reform, such as the reauthorizationTitle I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (“ESEA”), the Individuals with Disabilities Act (“IDEA”), and other federal education programs. These funds supplement state and local funding and are used primarily to serve specific populations, such aslow-income students and families, students with disabilities, and English language learners as well as to support programs to improve the implementationquality of Common Core State Standards. Existinginstruction, including educator professional learning. The funding of these programs is subject to Congressional appropriation. A significant reduction in appropriation levels could have an adverse effect on our sales, particularly sales of intervention and funding streams could be changed or eliminated in connection with legislation to reauthorize the ESEA and/or the federal appropriations process, in ways that could negatively affect demand and sources of funding for ourprofessional learning products and services. Our business, results of operations

Federal and financial condition may be materially adversely affected by many factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, delays in the timing of adoptions,state legislative and policy changes in curricula and changes in student testing processes. There can be no assurances that states or districts will have sufficient funding to purchase our products and services, that we will win their business in our competitive marketplace or that schools or districts that have historically purchased our products and services will do so again in the future.

There is considerable political controversy in many states surrounding the adoption and implementation of Common Core State Standards. Legislation has been introduced in a number of states to drop Common Core standards, and some states are considering revisions to and/or rebranding of the standards. These developments could disrupt local adoptions of instructional materials and require modifications to our programs offered for sale in states that adopt such changes.

Similarly, changes in the state procurement process for textbooks, supplemental materials and student tests, particularly in adoption states, can also affect our marketsbusiness. For example, recent changes to federal education law in the Every Student Succeeds Act (“ESSA”) give states greater latitude in how they approach assessment and sales. Aaccountability, support and improvement of low performing schools, as well as accounting for the expenditure of federal program funds. The recent changes in ESSA also provided for new requirements regarding evidence of effectiveness of educational products and services purchased with federal funds. The recent changes in ESSA and state legislation and administrative policy decisions on matters such as assessment and accountability, curriculum and intervention with respect thereto could affect demand for our products.

State instructional materials adoptions, which account for a significant portion of our net sales is derived from sales ofK-12 instructional materials, pursuant toare highly cyclical adoption schedules. and pose significant inherent risks that could materially impact our results of operations.

Due to the revolving and staggered nature of “predetermined” state adoption schedules, sales ofK-12 instructional materials have traditionally been cyclical, with some years offering more and/or larger sales opportunities than others. In addition, changes in curricula and changes in the student testing processes can negatively affect our programs and therefore the sizeSince a large portion of our marketsales are derived from state adoptions, our overall results can be materially affected from year to year by the adoption schedule, particularly in any given year.

large adoption states. For example, over the next few years adoptions are scheduled or have already begun in one or more of the primary subjects of reading, language arts and literature, social studies, science and mathematics in, among others, theother states, of California, Florida and Texas, and Florida,which are the three largest adoption states. The inabilityOur failure to succeedsecure approval for our programs or perform according to our expectations in these states, or reductions in their anticipated funding levels,larger new adoption opportunities could materially and adversely affect our net sales for the year of the adoption and in subsequent years.

13


In any state adoption, there is the inherent the risk that one or more of our programs will not be approved by a particular state board of education or other adopting authority. For example, ourK-8 social studies materials were not adopted in California in 2017. While school districts in most adoption states, including California, are not precluded from purchasing materials that have not been approved by the state, in many cases, exclusion of a program on the state-adopted list can materially and adversely impact our ability to compete effectively at the school district level. Moreover, even if our program is approved by the state, we face significant competition and there is no guarantee that school districts will select our program or that we will be able to capture a meaningful share of the sales in such state.

State adoptions can be delayed, postponed or cancelled – sometimes with little or no warning and after we have made significant investments in anticipation of the adoption – due to various reasons, such as funding shortfalls, delays in development and approval of state academic standards and specifications, competing priorities or school readiness. In addition, individual school districts may decline to purchase new programs in accordance with the state’s adoption schedule. A substantial delay, postponement or cancellation of a larger adoption opportunity can adversely affect the amount and timing of our net sales return on investment for the affected product, our business and our results of operations.

Further, the timing of the legislative appropriations process in most states is such that it is often impossible to know with certainty whether implementation of an adoption will be funded until after products have been submitted for review. By that time, investments have been made for product development and substantial expenses incurred for sales, marketing and other costs. If the legislature in a state that provides dedicated funding for instructional materials decides not to appropriate those funds or appropriates substantially less than anticipated, due to a revenue shortfall or other reasons, or if the legislature lifts restrictions on use of those funds, then implementation of that adoption could be substantially compromised or delayed and our net sales and return on investment could be adversely affected.

Changes in state academic standards could affect our market and require investment in development of new programs or modifications to our existing programs and any delays or controversies in the implementation of such standards could impact our results of operations.

States may adopt new academic standards or revise existing standards, which may affect our market and require investment in the development of new programs or modifications to our existing programs offered for sale in states that adopt such changes. Delays or controversies in the implementation of the adoption of new or revised academic standards may result in insufficient lead time before the deadline to submit instructional materials for an adoption. As a result, we may have to invest more than planned in order to complete product development or make the modifications in the compressed timeframe to bring our program into alignment with the new or revised standards, which could adversely affect our return on investment. Alternatively, we may determine that completing product development or making the modifications within the available timeframe is not practicable, and elect not to participate in the adoption, forgoing what might have been a significant sales opportunity which could materially and adversely affect our net sales for the year of the adoption and subsequent years. Allowing districts flexibility

We may not be able to use state funds previously dedicated exclusively to the purchaseexecute on our long-term growth strategy or achieve expected benefits from actions taken in furtherance of

instructional materials our strategy, which could materially and other items such as technology hardware and training could adversely affect district expenditures on state-adopted instructional materials in the future.

Decreases in federal and state education funding and negative trends or changes in general economic conditions can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth.

If we are not able to execute on our long-term growth strategy or achieve expected benefits from our actions in furtherance of our strategy, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition.condition and results of operations and/or our growth. In any event, actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, such as transitioning to new business models or entering into new market segments could adversely impact our cash flow and our business in unforeseen ways.

14


Introduction ofOur investments in new products, services service offerings, platforms and/or technologies could impact our profitability.

We operate in highly competitive markets that continue to change to adapt to customer needs. These needs include an increasing demand for integrated learning solutions. In order to maintain a competitive position,address these needs, we must continue to investare investing in new contentproducts, new technology and infrastructure, and a new wayscommon platform to deliverintegrate our products, services and services.solutions. These investments may not be profitable or may be less profitable than what we have experienced historically.historically, may consume substantial financial resources and/or may divert management’s attention from existing operations, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third-party software and technology development as part of our digital platform.

We rely on third parties for some of our software and technology development. For example, some of the technologies and software that compose our instruction and assessment technologies are developed by third parties. We rely on those third parties for the development of future components and modules. Thus, we face risks associated with technology and software product development and the ability of those third parties to meet our needs and their obligations under our contracts with them. In particular,addition, we rely on third parties for our internet-based product hosting. The loss of one or more of these third-party partners, a material disruption in their business or their failure to otherwise perform in the contextexpected manner could cause disruptions in our business that may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Defects in our digital products and platforms could cause financial loss and reputational damage.

In the fast-changing digital marketplace, demand for innovative technology has generally resulted in short lead times for producing products that meet customer needs. Growing demand for innovation and additional functionality in digital products increases the risk that our digital products and platforms may contain flaws or corrupted data that may only become apparent after product launch, particularly for new products and platforms and new features for existing products and platforms that are developed and brought to market under tight time constraints. Problems with the performance of our current focusdigital products and platforms could result in liability, loss of revenue or harm to our reputation.

Some states and school districts require that newly purchased digital instructional materials conform to certain technical standards for accessibility by persons with disabilities, which could have an adverse effect on keyour net sales and/or lead us to incur additional costs.

Some states and school districts have adopted certain technical standards for accessibility by persons with disabilities that apply to school websites and electronically-delivered content. While we are committed to designing and developing our electronically-delivered products for theK-12 market in a manner accessible to persons with disabilities and strive to conform to relevant technical standards, it is possible that some of our digital opportunities, including e-books,products may be deemed to benon-conforming with those standards in all respects. This could limit our ability to compete for sales in states and districts that have adopted those standards, which could have an adverse effect on our net sales. To the market is evolving andextent that we decide to add accessibility features to existing products, we may be unsuccessfulincur costs that we would not otherwise have incurred.

Changes in establishing ourselves as a significant competitor. Newproduct distribution channels and concentration of retailer power may restrict our ability to grow and affect our profitability in our Trade Publishing segment.

Distribution channels such as digital platforms, the internet, online retailers and ecommerce sites, digital delivery platforms, (e.g., tabletsexpanding social media, digital discovery and e-readers), present bothmarketing platforms, combined with the increased concentration of retailer power, pose threats and provide opportunities to our traditional consumer publishing models of our Trade Publishing segment, potentially impacting both sales volumesvolume and pricing.profitability. The reduction in “brick and mortar” booksellers, the resulting concentration of power held by our largest retailers, and the increased concentration of consumer book spending on best-selling titles could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

15


We operate in a highly competitive environment where the risks from competition are intensified due to rapid changes in our markets and industry; as a result we must continue to adapt to remain competitive.

We operate in highly competitive markets. The risks of competition are intensified in the current environment where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid changes in the products and services our customers are seeking and our competitors are offering, as well as new technologies, sales and distribution channels. In addition to national curriculum publishers, we compete with a variety of specialized or regional publishers that focus on select disciplines and/or geographic regions in theK-12 market. There are multiple competitors in the Trade Publishing, supplemental and assessment segments offering content that school districts increasingly are using as part of their core classroom instructional materials. Our larger competitors in the educational market include Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, Curriculum Associates, LLC, Benchmark Education, LLC, Accelerate Learning, Inc., and Amplify Education, Inc. Some of these established competitors may have greater resources and less debt than us and, therefore, may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can. Also competing in our market as a substitute are open educational resources. In addition, the market shift toward digital education solutions has induced both established technology companies and newstart-up companies to enter certain segments of our market. These new competitors have the possible advantage of not needing to transition from a print business to a digital business. In addition, many established technology companies have substantial resources that they could devote to developing or acquiring digital educational products and/or content and, distributing their own and/or aggregated educational content to theK-12 market, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also a risk of further disintermediation, which is the occurrence of state, district and other customers contracting directly with technology companies, enabling technology companies to develop direct relationships with our customers, and accordingly, have significant influence over access to and, pricing and distribution of digital and print education materials. We may not be able to adapt as needed to remain competitive in the market given the foregoing factors.

The availability of free andlow-cost open education resources could adversely affect our net sales and exert downward pressure on prices for our education products.

In theK-12 market, we face growing competition from free, openly licensed content, often referred to as open education resources (“OER”). Free orlow-cost OER content is typically delivered via the internet, and in some cases print versions and related services are available for purchase. A number of states support the use of OER by providing curated resources and a few, including New York and Texas, are funding development of OER or have done so in the past. Twenty states have signed on to the U.S Department of Education’s GoOpen campaign, which seeks to support users of OER and promote coordination and sharing of OER among states. The increased availability of free andlow-cost OER could negatively affect our customers’ perception of the value of our content, reduce demand for our educational products, and/or exert downward pressure on prices for our products, and adversely impact our net sales.

Our operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and our business ishas historically been dependent on our results of operations for the third quarter.

Our business is seasonal. ForApproximately 87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014, we2017 were derived approximately 88% of net sales from our Education Segment. For salessegment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Purchases of educationalK-12 products purchasesare typically are made primarily in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year, though testing net sales are primarily generatedassessment purchases have modest seasonality in the second and fourth quarters. We typically realize a significant portion of net sales during the third quarter, making third-quarter results material to full-year performance. This sales seasonality affects operating cash flow from quarter to quarter. We normallytypically incur a net cash deficit from all of our activities through the middle of the third quarter of the year. We cannot be sure that our second and third quarter net sales will continue to be sufficient to fund our business and meet our obligations

16


or that they will be higher than our net sales for our other quarters or in the prior-year periods. In addition,the event that we do not derive sufficient net sales for the second and third quarter, we may have a liquidity shortfall and be unable to fund our business and/or meet our debt service requirements and other obligations.

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided or used by operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. As purchases ofK-12 products are typically made in the second and third quarters of a given calendar year, changes in our customers’ ordering patterns may impact the comparison of results inbetween a quarter withand the same quarter of the previousprior year, inbetween a quarter withand the prior consecutive quarter or between a fiscal year withand the prior fiscal year.

Agreements with Resellers.

We have entered into agreements with resellers from timeyear, which can make it difficult for us to time pertaining to certain defined products and channels. These agreements have been both exclusive and non-exclusive and have pertained to specific products as well as specific channels. Depending onforecast the timing of when orders with resellers occur, an individual transaction with a reseller could potentially be material to the quarter or year in which it occurs. Furthermore, there is no assurance that future orders from resellers will occur within similar timeframes as past orders or be of similar magnitude. Some of our agreements have performance metrics which allow for one or both parties to terminate the agreement. If such termination were to occur, our sales could be materially impacted.

Receivables to our two largest resellers comprised approximately 17.0% of our December 31, 2014 accounts receivable balance. If such resellers are unable to remit contractual payments when due or at all,customer purchases and assess our financial results and cash position for the quarter and year could be materially impacted.

Our business is and will continue to be impacted by the rate of and state of technological change, including the digital evolution and other disruptive technologies, and the presence and development of open-sourced content could continue to increase, which could adversely affect our net sales.

Our industry has been impacted by the digitalization of content and proliferation of distribution channels, either over the internet, or via other electronic means, replacing traditional print formats. The digital migration brings the need for change in product distribution, consumers’ perception of value and the publisher’s position between retailers and authors. Such digitalization increases competitive threats both from large media players and

from smaller businesses, online and mobile portals. If we are unable to continue to adapt and transition to the move to digitalization at the rate of our competitors, our ability to effectively competeperformance until late in the marketplace will be affected.

In recent years, there have been initiatives by non-profit organizations such as the Gates Foundation and the Hewlett Foundation to develop educational content that can be “open sourced” and made available to educational institutions for free or nominal cost. To the extent that such open sourced content is developed and made available to educational customers and is competitive with our instructional materials, our sales opportunities and net sales could be adversely affected.

Technological changes and the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information and materials may also affect changes in consumer behavior and expectations. Public and private sources of free or relatively inexpensive information and lower pricing for digital products may reduce demand and impact the prices we can charge for our products and services. To the extent that technological changes and the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information and materials limit the prices we can charge or demand for our products and services, our business, financial position and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Changes in product distribution channels and/or customer bankruptcy may restrict our ability to grow and affect our profitability in our Trade Publishing segment.

New distribution channels such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers, growing delivery platforms (e.g., tablets and e-readers), combined with the concentration of retailer power, pose threats and provide opportunities to our traditional consumer publishing models in our Trade Publishing segment, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing. The economic slowdown combined with the trend in distribution channels toward the use of e-books has created contraction in the consumer books retail market that has increased the risk of bankruptcy of major retail customers. Additional bankruptcies of traditional “bricks and mortar” retailers of Trade Publishing could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Expansion of our investments and business outside of our traditional core U.S. market may result in lower than expected returns and incremental risks.

To take advantage of international growth opportunities and to reduce our reliance on our core U.S. market, we are increasing our investments in a number of countries and emerging markets, including Asia and the Middle East, some of which are inherently more risky than our investments in the U.S. market. Political, economic, currency, reputational and corporate governance risks, including fraud, as well as unmanaged expansion, are all factors which could limit our returns on investments made in these markets. For example, political instability in the Middle East has caused uncertainty in the region, which could affect our results of operations in the region. Also, certain international customers require longer payment terms, increasing our credit risk. As we expand internationally, these risks will become more pertinent to us and could have a bigger impact on our business.

We operate in a highly competitive environment that is subject to rapid change and we must continue to invest and adapt to remain competitive.

Our businesses operate in highly competitive markets, with significant established competitors, such as Pearson Education, Inc., McGraw Hill Education, Cengage Learning, Inc., Scholastic Corporation, K12 Inc. and John Wiley & Sons, Inc. These markets continue to change in response to technological innovations and other factors. Profitability is affected by developments in our markets beyond our control, including: changing U.S. federal and state standards for educational materials; rising development costs due to customers’ requirements for more customized instructional materials and assessment programs; changes in prevailing educational and testing methods and philosophies; higher technology costs due to the trend toward delivering more educational content in both traditional print and electronic formats; market acceptance of new technology products, including online or computer-based testing; an increase in the amount of materials given away in the K-12 markets as part of a

bundled pack; the impact of the expected increase in turnover of K-12 teachers and instructors on the market acceptance of our products; customer consolidation in the retail and wholesale trade book market and the increased dependence on fewer but stronger customers; rising advances for popular authors and market pressures to maintain competitive retail pricing; a material increase in product returns or in certain costs such as paper; and overall uncertain economic issues that affect all markets.

We cannot predict with certainty the changes that may occur and the effect of those changes on the competitiveness of our businesses, and the acceleration of any of these developments may materially and adversely affect our profitability.

The means of delivering our products may be subject to rapid technological change. Although we have undertaken several initiatives and invested significant amounts of capital to adapt to and benefit from these changes, we cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, make some of our products, particularly those printed in traditional formats, wholly or partially obsolete. If this were to occur, we might be required to invest significant resources to further adapt to the changing competitive environment. In addition, we cannot predict whether end customers will have sufficient funding to purchase the equipment needed to use our new technology products.

In order to maintain a competitive position, we must continue to invest in new offerings and new ways to deliver our products and services. These investments may not be profitable or may be less profitable than what we have experienced historically. We could experience threats to our existing businesses from the rise of new competitors due to the rapidly changing environment within which we operate.

There is a risk that technology companies may offer educational materials that compete with our products.

While our educational content is protected by copyright law, there is nothing to prevent technology companies from developing their own educational digital products and offering educational content to schools. Technology companies are free to distribute materials with and on their technology devices and platforms. Many technology companies have substantial resources that they could devote to expand their business, including the development of educational digital products. Furthermore, while we have entered into digital distribution agreements with a number of technology companies, our agreements are non-exclusive arrangements and there is nothing to prevent such technology companies from developing and distributing other educational content to the K-12 market. There is a risk that a technology company with significant resources could license or acquire their own educational content and compete with us, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is also a risk of further disintermediation, which is the occurrence of state, district and other customers contracting directly with technology companies. As a result, there is a risk that technology companies may own direct relationships with our customers, and accordingly, they may have a significant influence over the pricing and distribution strategies for digital and print education materials.year.

Our history of operations includes periods of operating and net losses, and we may incur operating and net losses in the future. Our significant netSuch losses andmay impact our significant amount of indebtedness led us to declare bankruptcy in 2012.liquidity.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, we generated operating losses of $85.4$113.5 million, $86.6$310.8 million and $120.7$116.1 million, respectively, and net losses of $111.5$103.2 million, $111.2$284.6 million and $87.1$133.9 million, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information regarding our results of operations during these periods. If we continue to suffer operating and net losses, our liquidity may suffer and we may not be able to fund our business and/or meet our debt service requirements and other obligations. Furthermore, the tradingmarket price of our common stock may decline significantly.

Our net losses in recent years were impacted from general economic conditions, reductions in significant markets, federal, state and local budget shortfalls and the contraction of spending throughout most states, non-cash charges associated with our 2010 recapitalization, among other things. In addition, we had a significant amount of indebtedness prior to May 2012. During May 2012, as a result of our financial position, results of operations and significant amount of indebtedness, we filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 22, 2012, we emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. Although we have significantly less interest expense as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy and have decreased our selling and administrative expenses, we may not generate sufficient net sales in future periods to pay for all of our operating or other expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be limited, which may harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our products are largely comprised of intellectual property content delivered through a variety of media, including books andprint, digital andweb-based media. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and other intellectual property laws and rights as well as employee agreements and other contracts to establish and protect our proprietary rights in these products.our products and technology. However, our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be sufficient and we cannot make assurances that our proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. WeMoreover, we conduct business in certain other countries where the extent of effective legal protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain,uncertain. It is possible we could be involved in expensive and this uncertainty could affect future growth. Moreover,time-consuming litigation to maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual property.

Furthermore, despite the existence of copyright and trademark protection under applicable laws, third parties may nonetheless violate our intellectual property rights, and our ability to remedy such violations, particularlyincluding in certain foreign countries where we conduct or seek to conduct business, may be limited. In addition, the copying and distribution of content over the Internet creates additional challenges for us in protecting our proprietary rights. If we are unable to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position may be harmed, and our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to comply with privacy laws or adequately protect personal data could cause financial loss and reputational damage.

Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students. We are subject to a wide array of different privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards in the U.S. as well as in foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business, including but not limited to (i) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and state student data privacy laws in connection with personally identifiable information of students, (ii) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act in connection with our self-insured health plan and certain of our products, (iii) the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards in connection with collection of credit card information from customers, and (iv) various EU data protection and privacy laws. Our brands and customer relationships are important assets. Our failure to comply with applicable privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards or adequately prevent the improper use or disclosure of the personal data we hold

17


could lead to penalties, significant remediation costs, reputational damage to our brands and customer relationships, potential cancellation of existing business and diminished ability to compete for future business.

We are subject to risks based on Information Technology (“IT”) systems and technological change.systems. A major data privacy breach in security or unanticipated ITinformation technology system failure maycould interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption and/or loss of data cause liability, reputational damage to our brands and business and/or result in financial loss.

Our business is dependent on information technology.technology systems to support our complex operational and logistical arrangements across our businesses. We either provide software and/or internet-based products and services to our customers or wecustomers. We also use complex ITinformation technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform.

We face several technological risks associated with software and/or internet-based product development and service delivery in our educational businesses, including with respect to information technology security (including viruscapability, reliability and hacker attacks), e-commerce,security, enterprise resource planning, system implementations and upgrades. Our growth strategy includes a consumer e-commerce strategyFailures of our information technology systems and an integrated solutions strategy that further subjects us to technological risks. Ifproducts (including because of operational failure, natural disaster, computer virus or hacker attacks) could interrupt the availability of our e-commerceinternet-based products and integrated solutions expansion strategy is not successful, our businessservices, result in corruption or loss of data or breach in security and growth prospects may be adversely affected. Additionally, the failure to recruit and retain staff with relevant skills may constrain our ability to grow as we combine traditional publishing products with online service offerings.

Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students. Failure to adequately protect such personal data could lead to penalties, significant remediation costs,result in liability, reputational damage potential cancellation of existing contracts and inability to compete for future business. Weour brands and/or adversely impact our operating results.

While we have policies, processes, internal controls and cybersecurity mechanisms in place intended to ensure the stability of our information technology, provide security from unauthorized access to our systems and maintain business continuity, but no mechanisms are entirely free from the risk of failure and we have no guarantee that our security mechanisms will be adequate to prevent all possible security threats. Our brand, reputation, especially in theK-12 market, and consequently our operating results may be adversely impacted by unanticipated system failures, corruption, loss of data corruption and/or breaches in security.

Failure to prevent or detect a malicious cyber-attack on our information technology systems could result in liability, reputational damage, loss of revenue and/or financial loss.

Cyber-attacks and hackers are becoming more sophisticated and pervasive. Our business is dependent on information technology systems to support our complex operational and logistical arrangements across our businesses. We provide software and/or internet-based products and services to our customers. We also use complex information technology systems and products to support our business activities, particularly in infrastructure and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform. Across our businesses we hold large volumes of personal data, including that of employees, customers and students.

Efforts to prevent cyber-attacks and hackers from entering our systems are expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of our systems. Individuals may try to gain unauthorized access to our systems and data for malicious purposes, and our security measures may fail to prevent such unauthorized access. Cyber-attacks and/or intentional hacking of our systems could adversely affect the performance or availability of our products, result in loss of customer data, adversely affect our ability to conduct business, or result in theft of our funds or proprietary information, the occurrence of which could result in liability, reputational damage, loss of revenue and/or financial loss.

We relyare dependent on third-party software development as parta small number of our digital platform.

Some of the technologies and software that compose our instruction and assessment technologies are developed by third parties. We rely on those third parties for the development of future components and modules. Thus, we face risks associated with software product development and the ability of those third parties to meetprint and bind our needsproducts and to supply paper, a principal material for our products. If we were to lose our relationship with our print vendor and/or paper merchant, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We outsource the printing and binding of our products and currently rely on one key third-party print vendor that handles approximately 50% of our printing requirements, and we expect a small number of print vendors

18


will continue to account for a substantial portion of our printing requirements for the foreseeable future. The loss of, or a significant adverse change in our relationship with our key print vendor could have a material adverse effect on our business and cost of sales.

In addition, we purchase paper, a principal raw material for our print products, primarily through one paper merchant. Further, paper merchants, including our paper merchant, rely on paper mills to produce the paper that they broker. There can be no assurance that our relationships with our print vendor and/or paper merchant will continue or that their obligations underbusiness or operations will not be affected by disruptions in the industries that they rely on, including a disruption in the paper mill industry, major disasters or other external factors. The loss of our contractskey print vendor and/or paper merchant, a material change in our relationship with them.them, a material disruption in their business or their failure to otherwise perform in the expected manner could cause disruptions in our business that may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to identify and complete any future acquisitions or achieve the expected benefits from any previous or future acquisitions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and/or our growth.

We have at times used acquisitions as a means of expanding our business and technologies, and expect that we will continue to do so. Ifso in the future as part of our capital allocation strategy. We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunities and, even if we were able to do so, we may not be able to finance or complete any such future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us. Further, we may not be able to successfully integrate previous or future acquisitions into our existing business, achieve anticipated operating advantages andand/or realize anticipated cost savings may not be realized.or other synergies. The acquisition and integration of companiesbusinesses involve a number of risks, including: use of available cash, issuance of equity or debt securities, incurrence of new borrowingsindebtedness or borrowings under our revolving credit facility to consummate the acquisition;acquisition and/or integrate the acquired business; diversion of management’s attention from operations of our existing businesses and those of the acquired business to the integration; integration of complex systems, technologies and networks into our existing systems; difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees; unexpected costs, delays or other risks related to transition support services provided under any transition services agreement that may be executed as part of the acquisition. These transactions may create multiple and overlapping product lines that are offered, priced and supported differently, which could cause customer confusion and delays in service. The demands on our management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition; diversion of management’s attention from existing operations to the integration of acquired companies; integration of companies’ existing systems into our systems; difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees; andacquisition also may have potential adverse effects on our operating results.

We may not be ableIf we are unable to maintain the levels offinance or complete any future acquisition on terms satisfactory to us (or at all) and/or we are unable to successfully integrate any previous or future acquisitions into our existing business, achieve anticipated operating efficiency that acquired companies achieved independently. Successful integration of acquired operations will depend upon our ability to manage those operations and to eliminate redundant and excess costs. We may not be able to achieve theadvantages and/or realize anticipated cost savings andor other benefits that we would hope to achievesynergies from acquisitions, whichany such acquired business, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be ableIf we are unable to attract, retain or attract theand focus a strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other key management, creative, editorialpersonnel, it could have an adverse effect on our business and sales personnel that we needability to remain competitive, financial condition and grow.results from operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, focus and retain key managementa strong leadership team, a dynamic sales force, software engineers and other personnel.key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels. We operate in a number of highly visiblecompetitive industry segments wherethat continue to change to adapt to customer needs and technological advances and in which there is intense competition for experienced and highly effective individuals, including authors. Our successful operations in these segments may increase the market visibility of members of key management, creative and editorial teams and result in their recruitment by other businesses. There can be no assurance thatpersonnel. If we can continueare unable to timely attract and retain the necessary talented employees, including executive officers and other key members of management and, if we fail to do so,personnel with relevant skills for our evolving industry segments it could adversely affect our business.business and ability to remain competitive, financial condition and results of operations.

19


In late summer / early fall of 2017, we added, through new hires and promotion, seven new members to our executive leadership team to serve under our President and Chief Executive Officer, who assumed his role in April 2017. Additional changes to our leadership team in the future could slow implementation of key initiatives, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies and/or impact management’s attention to operations. Any such inefficiencies and uncertainty, as well as any failure of our new leadership team to timely and successfully transition into their roles could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results from operations and/or increase volatility in our stock price.

In addition, our sales personnel make up approximately 15% of our employees, and our business results depend largely upon the experience and knowledge of local market dynamics and long-standing customer relationships of suchour sales personnel. Our inability to attract, retain or hireand focus effective sales peopleand other key personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels could materially and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably and grow our business.

AIf we fail to maintain strong relationships with our authors, illustrators and other creative talent, as well as to develop relationships with new creative talent, our net sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our Trade publishing business and certain aspects of ourK-12 business are highly dependent on maintaining strong relationships with the authors, illustrators and other creative talent who produce books and other products sold to our customers. We operate in a number of highly visible industry segments where there is intense competition for successful authors, illustrators and other creative talent. Any overall weakening of these relationships, or the failure to develop successful new relationships, could have an adverse effect on our net sales and results of operations.

Our major operating costs and expenses include employee compensation as well as paper, printing and binding costs and expenses for product-related manufacturing, and a significant increase in operatingsuch costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Our major operating costs and expenses include employee compensation as well as paper, printing and printing, paper and distributionbinding costs for product-related manufacturing.

We offer competitive salary and benefit packages in order to attract and retain the quality employees required to grow and expand our businesses. Compensation costs are influenced by general economic and business factors, including those affecting the cost of health insurance, payout of commissions and incentive compensation and post-retirement benefits, and anyas well as trends specific to the employee skillsets we require. We could experience changes in pension costs and funding requirements due to poor investment returns and/or changes in pension laws and regulations.

Paper is one of our principal raw materials and, for the year ended December 31, 2014, our paper purchases totaled approximately $57 million while our manufacturing costs totaled approximately $267 million. As a result, our business may be negatively impacted by an increase in paper prices.materials. Paper prices fluctuate based on the

worldwide demand for and supply forof paper in general and for the specific types of paper used by us.we use. The price of paper may fluctuate significantly in the future, and changes in the market supply of, or demand for paper, could affect delivery times and prices. Paper mills and other suppliers may consolidate or there may be disruptions in their industry and as a result, there may be future shortfalls in quality and quantity supplies necessary to meet the demands of the entire marketplace. Wemarketplace, including our demands. As a result, we may need to find alternative sources for paper from time to time. OurIn addition, we have extensive printing and binding requirements. We outsource the printing and binding of our books, workbooks and workbooks areother printed byproducts to third parties, and we typically haveunder multi-year contracts for the production of books and workbooks.contracts. Increases in any of ourthese operating costs and expenses could materially and adversely affect our business, profitability, and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We make significant investments in information technology data centers and other technology initiatives, as well as significant investments in the development of programs for the K-12 marketplace. Although we believe we are prudent in our investment strategies and execution of our implementation plans, there is no assurance as to the ultimate recoverability of these investments.

We also have other significant operating costs, and unanticipated increases in these costs could adversely affect our operating margins. Higher Further, higher energy costs and other factors affecting the cost of publishing, transporting and distributing our products could adversely affect our financial results.

We also have other significant operating costs, and unanticipated increases in these costs could adversely affect our operating margins. Our inability to absorb the impact of increases in paper, printing and binding costs and other costs of publishing, transporting and distributing our products or any strategic determination not to pass on all or a portion of these increases to our customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

20


We may not realize expected benefits from our operational efficiency and cost-savings initiatives, including those under our 2017 Restructuring Plan, and such initiatives may lead to unintended consequences that could have a material effect on our results of operations.

On an ongoing basis, we assess opportunities for improved operational effectiveness and efficiency and better alignment of expenses with net sales, while preserving our ability to make the investments in content and our people that we believe are important to our long-term success. In March 2017, we committed to certain actions under the 2017 Restructuring Plan in order to improve our operational efficiency, better focus on the needs of our customers andright-size our cost structure to create long-term shareholder value. These actions include making organizational design changes across layers of the Company below the executive team and otherright-sizing initiatives expected to result in reductions in force, consolidating and/or subletting certain office space under real estate leases as well as other potential operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives. We have substantially completed the organizational design change actions and expect to complete the remaining actions by the end of 2018.

We estimate annualized cost savings of approximately $70.0 million to $80.0 million exiting 2018 as a result of these actions and estimate that implementation of these actions are expected to result in total charges of approximately $45.0 million to $49.0 million, of which approximately $35.0 million to $39.0 million of these charges are estimated to result in future cash outlays.

Expected costs, savings and operational efficiency benefits under such initiatives, including those under our 2017 Restructuring Plan, may differ materially from our estimates and expectations based on many factors, including timing of actions thereunder and higher than expected costs of implementation. In addition, such initiatives may lead to unintended consequences, such as management and employee distraction, inability to attract and retain key personnel, attrition beyond planned reductions, and reduced morale and productivity, which could have a material effect on our results of operations.

Exposure to litigation could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

WeIn the ordinary course of business, we are involved in legal actions, claims litigation and claimsother matters arising from our business practicesoperations and face the risk that additional actions and claims will be filed in the future. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights, has become extensiveparticularly with respect to proprietary photographs and images, is common in the educational publishing industry. At present, there are various suits pending or threatened which claim that we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our instructional materials. A number of similar claims against us have already been settled. While management does not expect any of these mattersthe existing legal actions and claims arising from our business operations to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows, due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the costs of pursuing or defending against any particular legal proceeding, or the resolution of any particular legal proceeding or change in applicable legal standards could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. However, our coverage for certain business lines has been exhausted and there can be no assurance that our liability insurance for other business lines will cover all events or that the limits of such coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all potential liabilities.liabilities thereunder.

Operational disruption to our business caused by a major disaster or other external threats or the loss of one of our key third-party print vendors could restrict our ability to supply products and services to our customers.

Across all our businesses, we manage complex operational and logistical arrangements including distribution centers, data centers and large office facilities as well as relationships with third-party print vendors. We have also outsourced some support functions, including application maintenance support, to third-party providers.facilities. Failure to recover from a major disaster (such as fire, flood or other natural disaster) at a key facility or the disruption of supply from a key third-party vendor, developer or distributor (e.g., due to bankruptcy) could restrict our ability to service our customers. External threats, suchother external threat (such as terrorist attacks, strikes, weather andor political upheaval,unrest or other external factors) at a key center or facility could affect our business and employees, disruptingdisrupt our daily business activities.

We currently rely on two key third-party print vendorsactivities and/or restrict our ability to handle approximately 76% ofsupply products and services to our printing requirements, and we expect a small number of print vendors will continue to account for a substantial portion of our printing requirements for the foreseeable future. The loss of, or a significant adverse change in our relationships with, our key print vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business and cost of sales. There can be no assurance that our relationships with our print vendors will continue or that their businesses or operations will not be affected by major disasters or external factors. If we were to lose one of our key printcustomers.

vendors, if our relationships with these vendors were to adversely change or if their businesses were impacted by general economic conditions or the factors described above, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.21


We are subject to contingent liabilities that may affect liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations.

In the ordinary course of business, we issue performance-related surety bonds and letters of credit posted as security for our operating activities, some of which obligate us to make payments if we fail to perform under certain contracts in connection with the sale of instructional materials and assessment tests.programs. The surety bonds are partially backstopped by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2014,2017, our contingent liability for all letters of credit was approximately $20.2$25.2 million, of which $2.4$0.1 million were issued to backstop $11.3$2.5 million of surety bonds. The letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on our revolving credit facility, which could affect liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations. We may increase the number and amount of contracts that require the use of letters of credit, which may further restrict liquidity and, therefore, our ability to meet our obligations in the future.

We may beOur substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affected by significant changes in interest rates.affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our financing indebtedness, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility, bears interest at variable rates. As of December 31, 2014,2017, we had $243.1approximately $780.0 million ($768.2 million, net of aggregate principal amount indebtednessdiscount and issuance costs) outstanding under our term loan facility and no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial outstanding indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

our high level of indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

our high level of indebtedness could adversely impact our credit rating;

the restrictions imposed on the operation of our business under the agreements governing such indebtedness may hinder our ability to take advantage of strategic opportunities to grow our business and to make attractive investments;

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, restructuring, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired, which could be exacerbated by volatility in the credit markets;

we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to us for operations, working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes;

our high level of indebtedness could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that bearsmay have proportionately less debt;

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited;

our failure to satisfy our obligations under the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default, which could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable and could permit our secured lenders to foreclose on our assets securing such indebtedness;

our high level of indebtedness makes us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business and industry; and

we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as certain of our borrowings bear interest at a variable rate. Anrates. A 1% increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $2.4$7.8 million on an annual basis. We also have up to $250 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, underbasis for our revolving creditterm loan facility and borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate. Assuming that the revolving credit facility is fully drawn, an increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility by $2.5 million on an annual basis.

basis for our revolving credit facility, assuming it is fully drawn.

If market interest rates increase, variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, whichAny of the foregoing could adversely affecthave a material adverse effect on our cash flow. Ifbusiness, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations. In addition, we enter into agreements limiting exposure to higher interest ratesmay incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the agreements governing our existing indebtedness do not, and any future these agreementsdebt may not, offer complete protectionfully prohibit us from this risk.doing so. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we now face could substantially intensify.

22


We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund planned capital expenditures and other growth initiatives depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our term loan facility and revolving credit facilitySenior Secured Credit Facilities restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Despite our current leverage, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks that we face.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. The terms of the credit agreements do, and the agreements governing our existing and future

indebtedness may restrict, but will not completely prohibit, us from doing so. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $220.0 million of borrowing base availability under our revolving credit facility. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds in the event of a liquidation. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

We may record future goodwill or additional indefinite-lived intangibles impairment charges related to our reporting units, which could materially adverselyhave a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles asset balances for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and, in evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill, we make assumptions regarding estimated net sales projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates. Although we use consistent methodologies in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations used in our impairment tests, these estimates are uncertain by nature and can vary from actual results. Declines in the future performance and cash flows of the reporting unit or small changes in other key assumptions may result in future goodwill impairment charges, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations. We had goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $532.9 million and $439.7 million and $531.8 million and $440.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, impairment charges for indefinite-lived intangible assets were $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $5.0 million, respectively.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress the price of our common stock.

Additional sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could have a material adverse effectimpact on the priceour results of operations.

A change fromup-front payment by school districts for multi-year programs and actions taken in furtherance of our common stocklong-term growth strategy could adversely affect our cash flow.

In keeping with the past practice of payments, school districts typically payup-front when buying multi-year programs. If school districts changed their payment practices to spread their payments to us over the term of a program, our cash flow could be adversely affected. Further, as we execute on our long-term growth strategy, actions taken in furtherance of our strategy, such as transitioning to new business models could adversely impact our cash flow and could materially impair our abilitybusiness in unforeseen ways.

The shift to raise capital through the salesales of additional shares. As of February 12, 2015, we had 142,172,861 shares of common stock issued and outstanding that were freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (as that term is defined in the Securities Act), which are restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Actgreater digital content or an exemption from registration is available. The sale of such shares by our directors, executive officers or other stockholdersincrease in consumable print core programs may affect the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market pricecomparability of our common stockrevenue to decrease significantly.prior periods and cause increases or decreases in our sales to be reflected in our results of operations on a delayed basis.

A significant amount of sharesAsK-12 instructional materials transition from printed to digital products, an increasing percentage of our common stock have been registeredrevenues are derived from time-based digital products. Our customers typically pay for resale under a shelf registration statement. Pursuant to the Company’s investor rights agreement, certain of our stockholders have certain demand and piggyback rights that have, in the past, and may, in the future, require us to file registration statements registering their common stock or to include sales of such common stock in registration statements thatpurchased productsup-front; however, we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Any shares of common stock sold under these registration statements will be freely tradable in the public market. In the event such rights are exercised and a large number of common stock is sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Additionally, we will bear all expenses in connection with any such registrations, except that the selling stockholders may be responsible for their pro rata shares of underwriters’ fees, commissions and discounts, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses.

Affiliates of Paulson & Co., Inc. ownrecognize a significant portion of our outstanding common stocktime-based digital sales over their respective terms, as required by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. As a result, an increase in the portion of our sales coming from digital sales may impact the comparison of our revenue results for a period with the same prior-year or consecutive period. Further, sales of consumable print core programs typically result in net sales being recognized over a longer periods similar to time-based digital products. As more product offerings move to a consumable print format, more revenue will be deferred and have the right to nominate one director for election torecognized over a longer period of time.

23


Another effect of recognizing revenue from digital and consumable print core program sales over their respective terms is that any increases or decreases in sales during a particular period may not translate into proportional increases or decreases in revenue during that period. Consequently, deteriorating sales activity may be less immediately observable in our boardresults of directors.operations.

Changes in U.S. federal, state and local or foreign tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

As of February 12, 2015, investment fundsa global learning company, we are subject to taxation at the federal, state or provincial and managed accounts affiliated with Paulson & Co., Inc. (“Paulson”) beneficially owned,local levels in the aggregate, approximately 22.5% of our outstanding common stock. We

have entered into an amendedU.S. and restated director nomination agreement with these stockholders, under which Paulson has the right to nominate one director for election to our board of directors, so long as Paulson holds at least 15% of our issuedvarious other countries and outstanding common stock, and we have agreed to take certain actions in furtherance of Paulson’s rights under the director nomination agreement. In addition, if requested by Paulson, we have agreed to cause the director nominated by Paulson to be designated as a member of each committee of our board of directors, unless the designation would violate legal restrictions or the rules and regulations of the national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed.jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of their ownership interests and director nomination rights,applicable tax rates in the stockholders affiliated with Paulsonvarious places that we operate. Our effective tax rate, however, may havebe different than experienced in the abilitypast due to influencenumerous factors, including changes in the outcome of matters that require approvalmix of our stockholders orprofitability from country to otherwise influencecountry, the Company. The interestsresults of examinations and audits of our tax filings, adjustments to the value of our uncertain tax positions, changes in accounting for income taxes and changes in tax laws, including the 2017 Tax Act. Any of these stockholders might conflict with, or differ from, other stockholder interests, and mayfactors could cause us to pursue transactionsexperience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or take actions that could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactionsour current expectations.

We face risks of doing business abroad.

We conduct business in a number of regions outside of the U.S., including emerging markets in South America, Asia and the Middle East. Accordingly, we face exposure to the risks of doing business abroad, including, but not limited to, longer customer payment terms in certain countries; increased credit risk; difficulties in protecting intellectual property, enforcing or actions may involve risksterminating agreements and collecting receivables under certain foreign legal systems; compliance under local privacy laws, rules, regulations and standards; the need to other stockholders.comply with U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local laws, rules and regulations; and in some countries, a higher risk of political instability, economic volatility, terrorism, corruption, and social and ethnic unrest.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

24


Item 2. Properties

Our principal executive office is located at 222 Berkeley125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.02110. The following table describes the approximate building areas in square feet, principal uses and the years of expiration on leased premises of our significant operating properties as of December 31, 2014.2017. We believe that these properties are suitable and adequate for our present and anticipated business needs, satisfactory for the uses to which each is put, and, in general, fully utilized.

 

Location  Expiration
year
   Approximate area   Principal use of space  Segment used by Expiration
year
 Approximate area Principal use of space Segment used by 

Owned Premises:

            

Indianapolis, Indiana

   Owned     491,779    Warehouse  All segments Owned  491,779  Warehouse  All segments 

Troy, Missouri

   Owned     575,000    Office and warehouse  Education Owned  575,000  Office and warehouse  Education 

Leased Premises:

            

Orlando, Florida

   2019     250,842    Office  Education

Orlando, Florida (a)

 2029  250,842  Office  Education 

Evanston, Illinois

   2017     150,050    Office  Education 2027  111,398  Office  Education 

Rolling Meadows, Illinois

   2015     112,014    Office  Education

Itasca, Illinois

 2027  105,976  Office  Education 

Geneva, Illinois

   2019     485,989    Office and warehouse  Education 2022  485,989  Office and warehouse  Education 

Wilmington, Massachusetts

   2015     22,102    Office  Education

Boston, Massachusetts (Corporate office)

   2017     328,686    Office  All segments 2033  194,946  Office  All segments 

Portsmouth, New Hampshire

   2019     25,145    Office  Education 2019  25,145  Office  Education 

New York, New York

 2025  31,815  Office  Education 

New York, New York

   2016     28,704    Office  Trade Publishing 2027  101,841  Office  All segments 

Austin, Texas

   2016     195,230    Office  Education 2028  87,570  Office  Education 

Dublin, Ireland

   2025     39,944    Office  Education 2025  39,108  Office  Education 

Orlando, Florida

   2016     25,400    Warehouse  Corporate Records
Center
  2021   25,400   Warehouse   
Corporate Records
Center

 

Itasca, Illinois

   2016     46,823    Warehouse  Education 2019  46,823  Warehouse  Education 

St Charles, Illinois

 2024  26,029  Office  Education 

In addition, we lease several other offices that are not material to our operations and, in some instances, are partially or fully subleased. Portions of certain properties listed above are also subleased.

(a)Effective October 2019, lease square footage will be reduced to approximately 111,000.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in ordinarylegal actions, claims, litigation and routine litigation andother matters incidental to our business. Specifically, there have been various settled, pendingLitigation alleging infringement of copyrights and threatened litigation that allege we exceededother intellectual property rights, particularly with respect to proprietary photographs and images, is common in the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our instructional materials. While

educational publishing industry.

While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with the pendingexisting legal actions, claims and threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. ThereHowever, there can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of such coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities.potential liabilities thereunder.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

25


Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market information. Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQNasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”Nasdaq”) under the symbol “HMHC” since November 14, 2013. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing sales prices for our common stock as reported by NASDAQ.Nasdaq.

 

2013  High   Low 

Fourth Quarter (from November 14, 2013)

  $18.73    $13.74  
2014        
2016  High   Low 

First Quarter

  $20.55    $17.07    $21.42   $16.00 

Second Quarter

   20.82     17.66     21.08    14.72 

Third Quarter

   20.62     17.26     17.69    12.80 

Fourth Quarter

   20.91     18.88     13.74    9.15 
2017    

First Quarter

  $11.80   $9.25 

Second Quarter

   13.95    9.90 

Third Quarter

   12.55    9.80 

Fourth Quarter

   12.25    8.05 

The closing price of our common stock on NASDAQNasdaq on February 12, 2015,2, 2018, was $20.07$7.95 per share.

Holders. As of February 12, 2015,2, 2018, there were approximately 2716 stockholders of record of our common stock, one of which was Cede & Co., a nominee for The Depository Trust Company. All of our common stock held by brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions as nominees for beneficial owners are considered to be held of record by Cede & Co., who is considered to be one stockholder of record. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares of common stock are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. Because such shares of common stock are held on behalf of stockholders, and not by the stockholders directly, and because a stockholder can have multiple positions with different brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions, we are unable to determine the total number of stockholders we have.

Dividends.We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. At present, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the operations, andthe growth of our business.business and, as appropriate, execute our share repurchase program. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our common stock will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition and capital expenditure plans, as well as other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion, may consider relevant, and the extent to which the declaration or payment of dividends may be limited by agreements we have entered into or cause us to lose the benefits of certain of our agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans. The equity compensation plan information set forth in Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report is incorporated by reference herein.

Performance Graph. The graph below matches the cumulative return of holders of the Company’s common stock with the cumulative returns of the Dow Jones Publishing index, the S&P 500 index, the NASDAQNasdaq Composite index, the Russell 2000 index, and oura Peer Group index which isof certain public companies in the educational space, comprised of Pearson PLC, Scholastic Corporation,K-12 Inc., and John Wiley & Sons, Inc. The Russell 2000 index was included as the Company was added to that index during 2014. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock, in each index (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on November 14, 2013 and tracks it through February 12, 2015.2, 2018. All prices reflect closing prices on the last day of trading at the end of each period. Notwithstanding any general incorporation by reference of this Annual Report into any other document, the information contained in the graph shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except: (i) as expressly required by applicable law or regulation; or (ii) to the extent that the Company specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

26


The stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from a source we believe to be reliable, but we do not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions in such information.

Recent sales of unregistered securities. None.There have been no sales of unregistered securities by the Company in the three year period ended December 31, 2017.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no purchases of equity securities in the fourth quarter of 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion in aggregate value of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2017, there was approximately $482.0 million available for share repurchases under this authorization. The aggregate share repurchase program may be executed through December 31, 2018. Repurchases under the program may be made from time to time in the open market (including under a trading plan) or in privately negotiated transactions. The extent and timing of any such repurchases would generally be at our discretion and subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other considerations. Any repurchased shares may be used for general corporate purposes.

27


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical financial data of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company (Successor) and HMH Publishing Company (Predecessor) for the periods presented.Company. We derived the consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013,2017, 2016, and 20122015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. We derived the consolidated historical financial statement data as of December 31, 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010 (Successor),2013 and for the yearyears ended December 31, 20112014 and the periods March 10, 2010 to December 31, 2010 (Successor) and January 1, 2010 to March 9, 2010 (Predecessor)2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years, which are not included in this Annual Report. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. The data set forth in the following table should be read together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

 Successor  Predecessor   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands, except share and per share data) 2014  2013  Year Ended
December 31,
 March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
  January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
 
 2012 2011 
  2017 (4) 2016 (4) 2015 (4) 2014 2013 

Operating Data:

             

Net sales

 $1,372,316   $1,378,612   $1,285,641   $1,295,295   $1,397,142   $109,905    $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $1,416,059  $1,372,316  $1,378,612 

Cost and expenses:

             

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

 588,726   585,059   515,948   512,612   559,593   45,270  

Publishing rights amortization (1)

 105,624   139,588   177,747   230,624   235,977   48,336  

Pre-publication amortization (2)

 129,693   121,715   137,729   176,829   181,521   37,923  

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   617,802  610,715  622,668  588,726  585,059 

Publishing rights amortization

   46,238  61,351  81,007  105,624  139,588 

Pre-publication amortization

   126,038  130,243  120,506  129,693  121,715 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 824,043   846,362   831,424   920,065   977,091   131,529     790,078  802,309  824,181  824,043  846,362 

Selling and administrative

 612,535   580,887   533,462   638,023   597,628   119,039     654,860  699,544  681,124  612,535  580,887 

Other intangible asset amortization

 12,170   18,968   54,815   67,372   57,601   2,006     30,748  26,750  22,038  12,170  18,968 

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, goodwill, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 1,679   9,000   8,003   1,674,164   103,933   4,028  

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs, intangible assets, investment in preferred stock, and fixed assets (1)

   3,980  139,205   —    1,679  9,000 

Restructuring (2)

   40,653   —     —     —     —   

Severance and other charges (3)

 7,300   10,040   9,375   32,801   (11,243  —       713  15,650  4,767  7,300  10,040 

Gain on bargain purchase

  —      —     (30,751  —      —      —    
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

 (85,411 (86,645 (120,687 (2,037,130 (327,868 (146,697   (113,521 (310,773 (116,051 (85,411 (86,645
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other Income (expense)

       

Other income (expense)

      

Interest expense

 (18,245 (21,344 (123,197 (244,582 (258,174 (157,947   (42,805 (39,181 (32,254 (18,495 (21,573

Other (loss) income, net

  —      —      —      —     (6 9  

Interest income

   1,338  518  209  250  229 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —     (598  —      —      —      —       —     —    (3,051  —    (598

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (1,593 (252 1,688   (811 90,250   (7,361   1,366  (614 (2,362 (1,593 (252
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

 (105,249 (108,839 (242,196 (2,282,523 (495,798 (311,996

Reorganization items, net (4)

  —      —     (149,114  —      —      —    

Loss before taxes

   (153,622 (350,050 (153,509 (105,249 (108,839

Income tax expense (benefit)

 6,242   2,347   (5,943 (100,153 11,929   (220   (50,435 (65,492 (19,640 6,242  2,347 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

 $(111,491 $(111,186 $(87,139 $(2,182,370 $(507,727 $(311,776  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869 $(111,491 $(111,186
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted (5)

 $(0.79 $(0.79 $(0.26 $(3.85 $(0.90 $(100,572.90

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98 $(0.79 $(0.79
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (5)

 $(0.79 $(0.79 $(0.26 $(3.85 $(0.90 $(100,572.90

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98 $(0.79 $(0.79
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (5)

 140,594,689   139,928,650   340,918,128   567,272,470   567,272,470   3,100  

Weighted average number of common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   122,949,064  122,418,474  136,760,107  140,594,689  139,928,650 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

             

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 $743,345   $425,349   $475,119   $413,610   $397,740     $235,428  $306,943  $432,403  $743,345  $425,349 

Working capital

 771,468   606,001   599,085   440,844   380,678      116,870  200,570  376,217  751,009  588,643 

Total assets

 3,011,107   2,910,386   3,029,584   3,263,903   5,257,155   

Debt (short-term and long-term)

 243,125   245,625   248,125   3,011,588   2,861,594   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 1,759,680   1,850,276   1,943,701   (674,552 1,517,828   

Total assets (5)

   2,563,591  2,731,471  3,121,950  2,982,788  2,870,364 

Debt (short-term and long-term) (5)

   768,194  772,738  777,283  235,265  235,445 

Stockholders’ equity

   795,193  880,040  1,198,321  1,759,680  1,850,276 

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

      

Net cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   135,130  143,751  348,359  491,043  157,203 

Investing activities

   (204,923 (113,946 (676,787 (367,619 (168,578

Financing activities

   (7,330 (37,960 106,104  19,529  (4,075

  Successor  Predecessor 
(in thousands, except share and per share data) 2014  2013  Year Ended
December 31,
  March 10,
2010 to
December 31,
2010
  January 1,
2010 to
March 9,
2010
 
   2012  2011   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

       

Net cash provided by (used in):

       

Operating activities

  491,043    157,203    104,802    132,796    182,966   $(41,296

Investing activities

  (367,619  (168,578  (295,998  (195,300  (232,122  (25,616

Financing activities

  19,529    (4,075  106,664    96,041    402,289    (150
 

Other Data:

       

Capital expenditures:

       

Pre-publication capital expenditures (6)

  115,509    126,718    114,522    122,592    96,613    22,057  

Other capital expenditures

  67,145    59,803    50,943    71,817    64,139    3,559  

Pre-publication amortization

  129,693    121,715    137,729    176,829    181,521    37,923  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

  190,084    220,264    290,693    356,388    342,227    61,242  

28


   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017 (4)   2016 (4)   2015 (4)   2014   2013 

Other Data:

          

Capital expenditures:

          

Pre-publication capital expenditures

   139,108    124,031    103,709    115,509    126,718 

Property, plant, and equipment capital expenditures

   58,294    105,553    82,987    67,145    59,803 

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

   152,480    167,926    176,103    190,084    220,264 

 

(1)Publishing rights are intangible assets that allow usPrimarily represents tradenames and to publisha lesser extent software and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials and are amortized on an accelerated basis over periods estimated to represent the useful life of the content.program development costs, along with a preferred stock investment.
(2)We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscriptRepresents cash and other costsnoncash charges incurred in the creationas a result of the master copy of a book or other media and amortize such costs from the year of sale typically over five years on an accelerated basis.our 2017 Restructuring Plan.
(3)Represents severance and real estate charges. The credit balance in 2010 relates to the reversalcharges not part of certain charges recorded in prior periods due to a change in estimate.our 2017 Restructuring Plan.
(4)Represents net gain associated withIncludes the results of our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.acquisition of the EdTech business from May 29, 2015 through December 31, 2017. For further information regarding the acquisition of the EdTech business, see Note 3 to the financial statements.
(5)Gives retroactive effect to2013 through 2015 include the Stock Split for all periods subsequent to our March 9, 2010 restructuring.
(6)Represents capital expendituresretrospective adoption of new guidance for the art, prepress, manuscriptrecognition and othermeasurement of debt issuance costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media.effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015.

29


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended to facilitate an understanding of our results of operations and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and industry that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a global learning company, specializing in education solutions across a variety of media. We delivermedia, delivering content, services and technology to both educational institutions and consumers, reaching over 50 million students in more than 150 countries worldwide. In the United States, we are thea leading provider ofK-12 educational content by market share. Furthermore, since 1832, we have published trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award, all of which we believe are widely known. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brandstrusted brand enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels. Furthermore, our trade and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction andnon-fiction books, have won industry awards such as the Pulitzer Prize, Newbery and Caldecott medals and National Book Award.

Corporate History

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2010, and was established as the holding company of the current operating group. The Company changed its name from HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. on October 22, 2013. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt was formed in December 2007 with the acquisition of Harcourt Education Group, then the second-largestK-12 U.S. publisher, by Houghton Mifflin Group. Houghton Mifflin Group was previously formed in December 2006 by the acquisition of Houghton Mifflin Publishers Inc. by Riverdeep Group plc. We are headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts.

Acquisition

On April 23, 2015, we entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement with Scholastic Corporation (“Scholastic”) to acquire certain assets (including the stock of two of Scholastic’s subsidiaries) comprising its Educational Technology and Services (“EdTech”) business. On May 29, 2015, we completed the acquisition and paid an aggregate purchase price of $574.8 million in cash to Scholastic, including adjustments for working capital. The EdTech acquisition provided us with a leading position in intervention curriculum and services and extended our product offerings in other areas, including educational technology, early learning, and education services, creating a more comprehensive offering for students, teachers and schools.

Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations

Business Segments

We are organized along two business segments: Education and Trade Publishing. Our Education segment is our largest segment and represented approximately 87% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 88% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132016 and 2012.2015. Our Trade Publishing segment represented approximately 13% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 12% of our total net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132016 and 2012.2015. The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments, such as legal, accounting, treasury, human resources and executive functions.

Net Sales

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital content and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, multimedia instructional programs, license fees for book rights, content, software and

30


services, test scoring, consulting and training. We primarily sell to customers in the United States. Our net sales are driven primarily as a function of volume and, to a certain extent, changes in price. Our net sales consist of our billings for products and services, less revenue that will be deferred until future recognition andalong with a provision for product returns. Deferred revenues primarily derive from work-texts, workbooks, online interactive digital content, digital and on-lineonline learning components.components along with undelivered work-texts, workbooks and services. The work-texts, workbooks and workbooksservices are deferred until delivered,

which often extends over the life of the contract and theour hosted online and digital content is typically recognized ratably over the life of the contract. The digitalization of education content and delivery is driving a substantial shift in the education market. As theK-12 educational market transitions to purchasing more digital, personalized education solutions, we believe our ability now or in the future to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalization of educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth. An increasing number of schools are utilizing digital content in their classrooms and implementing online or blended learning environments, which is altering the historical mix of print and digital educational materials in the classroom. As a result, our business model has shifted to more digital and on-lineonline learning components to address the needs of the education marketplace; thus, often resulting in an increase in our billings being deferred compared to historical levels. The level of revenues being deferred can fluctuate depending upon the percentagemix of our net sales being deferred.product offering between digital andnon-digital products, the length of programs and the mix of product delivered immediately or over time.

BasalCore curriculum programs, which represent the most significant portion of our Education segment net sales, cover curriculum standards in a particularK-12 academic subject and include a comprehensive offering of teacher and student materials required to conduct the class throughout the school year. Products and services in basalthese programs include print and digital offerings for students and a variety of supporting materials such as teacher’s editions, formative assessments, supplemental materials, whole group instruction materials, practice aids, educational games and professional services. The process through which materials and curricula are selected and procured for classroom use varies throughout the United States. TwentyCurrently, nineteen states, known as adoption states, review and approve and procure new basal programs usually every fivesix to seveneight years on a state-wide basis, before individual schools or schoolbasis. School districts are permitted to schedulein those states typically select and purchase materials from the purchase of materials. In allstate-approved list. The remaining states are known as open states or open territories,territories. In those states, materials are not reviewed at the state level, and each individual school or school district canis free to procure materials at any time, though usually according toalthough most follow a five to ninefive-to-ten year replacement cycle. The student population in adoption states represents over 50% of the U.S. elementary and secondaryschool-age population. ManySome adoption states provide “categorical funding” for instructional materials, which means that those state funds cannot be used for any other purpose. Our basalcore curriculum programs, primarily in adoption states, typically have the higher deferred sales than other parts of the business. The higher deferred sales are primarily due to the length of time that our programs are being delivered, along with greater component and digital product offerings. A significant portion of our Education segment net sales is dependent upon our ability to maintain residual sales, which are subsequent sales after the year of the original adoption, and our ability to continue to generate new business.business by developing new programs that meet our customers’ evolving needs. In addition, our market is affected by changes in state curriculum standards, which drive instruction, assessment and accountability in each state. Changes in state curriculum standards require that instructional materials be revised or replaced to align to the new standards, which historically has driven demand for basalcore curriculum programs.

We also derive our Education segment net sales from the sale of summative, cognitive and formative orin-classroom and diagnostic assessments to districts and schools in all 50 states. Summative assessments are concluding or “final” exams that measure students’ proficiency in a particular academic subject or group of subjects on an aggregate level or against state standards. Formative assessments areon-going,in-classroom tests that occur throughout the school year and monitor progress in certain subjects or curriculum units. Additionally, our offerings include supplemental products that target struggling learners through comprehensive intervention solutions along withaimed at raising student achievement by providing solutions that combine technology, content and other educational products, as well as consulting and professional development services. We also offer products targeted at assisting English language learners.

31


In international markets, our Education segmentwe predominantly exportsexport and sells sellK-12 books to premium private schools that utilize the U.S. curriculum, which are located primarily in Asia, the Pacific, the Middle East, Latin America, the Caribbean and the Caribbean.Africa. Our international sales team utilizes a global network of distributors in local markets around the world.

Our Trade Publishing segment sells works of fiction andnon-fiction for adults in the General Interest and children,Young Reader’s categories, dictionaries and other reference works through physicalworks. While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and online retail outletsdistributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarilye-books, has developed over the past several years, and book distributors, as well as throughgenerally represents approximately 10% of our e-commerce platform.annual Trade Publishing net sales.

Factors affecting our net sales include:

Education

 

state or district per student funding levels;

 

federal funding levels;

the cyclicality of the purchasing schedule for adoption states;

student enrollments;

 

adoption of new education standards;

state acceptance of submitted programs and participation rates for accepted programs;

 

technological advancement and the introduction of new content and products that meet the needs of students, teachers and consumers, including through strategic agreements pertaining to content development and distribution; and

 

the amount of net sales subject to deferrals which is impacted by the mix of product offering between digital andnon-digital products, along withthe length of programs and the mix of product delivered immediately or over time.

Trade Publishing

 

consumer spending levels as influenced by various factors, including the U.S. economy and consumer confidence;

 

the transition to e-books and any resulting impact on market growth;

the publishing of bestsellers along with obtaining recognized authors; and

 

movie film and seriestie-ins to our titles that spur sales of current and backlist titles, which are titles that have been on sale for more than a year.year; and

market growth or contraction.

State or district per studentper-student funding levels, which closely correlate with state and local receipts from income, sales and property taxes, impact our sales as institutional customers are affected by funding cycles. Most public school districts, the primary customers forK-12 products and services, are largely dependent on state and local funding to purchase materials. Recently, total educational materials expenditures by institutions in the United States is rebounding in the wake of the economic recovery. Globally, education expenditures are projected to grow at 7% through 2018, according to GSV Asset Management.

We monitor the purchasing cycles for specific disciplines in the adoption states in order to manage our product development and to plan sales campaigns. Our sales may be materially impacted during the years that major adoption states, such as Florida, California and Texas, are or are not scheduled to make significant purchases. For example, Florida implemented a language arts adoption in 2014 and is scheduled to adoptadopted social studies materials in 2015,2016, for purchase in 2016.2017, and adopted science in 2017 for purchase in 2018. Texas school districts purchased mathematics and science materials in 2014, and adopted social studies and high school math materials in 2015 and purchased materials for languages other than English and career and technical education in

32


2017. The next major adoption in Texas is expected to be Reading/English Language Arts, currently scheduled for adoption in 2018 and purchase in 2019. California adopted English Language Arts materials in 2015, with purchases beginning in 2016 and continuing through 2018, and adopted history social science materials in 2017 for purchase in 2015. California adopted math materials in 2013, with purchases expected to be spread over 2014-15,2018 and is scheduled to adopt English language arts materials in 2015 for purchase beginning in 2016.continuing through 2020. Both Florida and Texas, along with several other adoption states, provide dedicated state funding for instructional materials and classroom technology, with funding typically appropriated by the legislature in the first half of the year in which materials are to be purchased. Texas has atwo-year budget cycle, and in the 20152017 legislative session will appropriateappropriated funds for purchases in 20152017 and 2016.2018. California funds instructional materials in part with a dedicated portion of state lottery proceeds and in part out of general formula funds, with the minimum overall level of school funding determined according to the Proposition 98 funding guarantee. Nationally, total state funding for public schools has been trending upward as state revenues recover from the lows of the 2008-2009 economic recession. While weWe do not currently have contracts with these states for future instructional materials adoptions and there is no guarantee that weour programs will continue to capturebe accepted by the same market sharestate (for example, ourK-8 social science materials were not adopted in the future, we have historically captured approximately 50% of the market shareCalifornia in these states in the years that they adopt educational materials for various subjects.2017).

Longer-termLong-term growth in the U.S.K-12 market is positively correlated with student enrollments, which is a driver of growth in the educational publishing industry. Although economic cycles may affect short-term buying patterns, school enrollments are highly predictable and are expected to trend upward over the longer term. AccordingFrom 2013-2014 to NCES, student enrollments are expected2025-2026, total public school enrollment, a major long-term driver of growth in theK-12 Education market, is projected to increase from 54.7by 3% to 51.4 million in 2010, to over 58.0 million by the 2022 school year. Outside the United States, the global education market continues to demonstrate strong

macroeconomic growth characteristics. Population growth is a leading indicator for pre-primary school enrollments, which have a subsequent impact on secondary and higher education enrollments. Globally,students, according to UNESCO, rapid population growth has caused pre-primary enrollments to grow by 16.2% worldwide from 2007 to 2011. The global population is expected to be approximately 9.0 billion by 2050, as countries develop and improvements in medical conditions increase the birth rate.National Center for Education Statistics.

The digitalization of education content and delivery is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. As theK-12 educational market transitions to purchasing more digital solutions, we believe our ability to offer embedded assessments, adaptive learning, real-time interaction and student specific personalization in addition to our corepersonalized learning and educational content in a platform- and device-agnostic manner will provide new opportunities for growth.

Our Trade Publishing segment is heavily influenced by the U.S. and broader global economy, consumer confidence and consumer spending. As the economy continues to recover, both consumer confidence and consumer spending have increased and are at their highest level since 2008.increased.

While print remains the primary format in which trade books are produced and distributed, the market for trade titles in digital format, primarilye-books, has developed rapidly over the past several years, as the industry evolvesevolved to embrace new technologies for developing, producing, marketing and distributing trade works. We continue to focus on the development of innovative new digital products which capitalize on our strong content, our digital expertise and the growing consumer demand for these products.

In the Trade Publishing segment, annual results can be driven by bestselling trade titles. Furthermore, backlist titles can experience resurgence in sales when made into films. Overfilms or series. In the past several years, a number of our backlist titles such asThe Hobbit,The Lord of the Rings,Life of Pi,Extremely Loud and Incredibly Close,The Handmaid’s Tale,The Polar Express, The Giver andThe Time Traveler’s Wife have benefited in popularity due to movie or series releases and have subsequently resulted in increased trade sales.

We employ several pricing models to serve various customer segments, including institutions, consumers, other government agencies (e.g., penal institutions, community centers, etc.) and other third parties. In addition to traditional pricing models where a customer receives a product in return for a payment at the time of product receipt, we currently use the following pricing models:

 

Pay-up-front: Customer makes a fixed payment at time of purchase and we provide a specific product/service in return;

 

Pre-pay Subscription: Customer makes aone-time payment at time of purchase, but receives a stream of goods/services over a defined time horizon; for example, we currently provide customers the option to purchase a multi-year subscription to textbooks where for aone-time charge, a new copy of the work text is delivered to the customer each year for a defined time period.Pre-pay subscriptions to online textbooks are another example where the customer receives access to an online book for a specific period of time; and

 

33


Pay-as-you-go Subscription: Similar to the Pre-paypre-pay subscription, except that the customer makes periodic payments in apre-described manner. With the exception of our professional services business, this pricing model is the least prevalent of the three models.

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, include expenses directly attributable to the production of our products and services, including thenon-capitalizable costs associated with our content operations department.and platform development group. The expenses within cost of sales include variable costs such as paper, printing and binding costs of our print materials, royalty expenses paid to our authors, gratis costs or products provided at no charge as part of the sales transaction, and inventory obsolescence. Also included in cost of sales are labor costs

related to professional services.services and thenon-capitalized costs associated with our content and platform development group. We also include amortization expense associated with our customer-facing software platforms. Certain products such as trade books and those products associated with our renowned authors carry higher royalty costs; conversely, digital offerings usually have a lower cost of sales due to lower costs associated with their production. Also, sales to adoption states usually contain higher cost of sales. A change in the sales mix of theseour products or services can impact consolidated profitability.

Publishing rights andPre-publication amortization and publishing rights amortization

A publishing right is an acquired right whichthat allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. As part of our March 9, 2010 restructuring, we recorded an intangible asset for publishing rights and amortize such asset on an accelerated basis over the useful lives of the various copyrights involved. See Note 1This amortization will continue to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.decrease approximately 25% annually through March of 2023.

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media,our content, known as thepre-publication costs.Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for allpre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing segment’s consumer books, for which we generally expense such costs as incurred, and our assessment products, for which we use the straight-line amortization method and the acquired content of our 2015 acquisition, which we amortize over 7 years using an accelerated amortization method. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Selling and administrative expenses

Our selling and administrative expenses include the salaries, benefits and related costs of employees engaged in sales and marketing, fulfillment and administrative functions. Also included within selling and administrative costs are variable costs such as commission expense, outbound transportation costs sampling and depository fees, which are fees paid to state mandatedstate-mandated depositories whichthat fulfill centralized ordering and warehousing functions for specific states. Additionally, significant fixed and discretionary costs include facilities, telecommunications, professional fees, promotions, sampling and advertising. We expect our selling and administrative costs in dollars to increase as we invest in new growth initiatives.

Other intangible asset amortization

Our other intangible asset amortization expense primarily includes the amortization of acquired intangible assets consisting of tradenames, customer relationships, content rights and licenses. OurThe tradenames, customer

34


relationships, which constituted the largest component of the amortization expense over the past two years, pertained to our assessment customers and was fully amortized as of March 31, 2013. The existing software, content rights and licenses will beare amortized over varying periods of 6 to 25 years. The expense for the year ending December 31, 20142017 was $12.2 million.$30.7 million, of which $9.4 million related to the tradenames that were changed from indefinite-lived intangible assets to definite-lived intangible assets on October 1, 2016 due to the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, and to market our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names.

Interest expense

Our interest expense includes interest accrued on our term loan facility along with, to a lesser extent, our revolving credit facility, capital leases, and the amortization of any deferred financing fees and loan discounts.discounts, and payments in connection with interest rate hedging agreements. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 20142017 was $18.2$42.8 million.

Reorganization items, net

Our reorganization items, net represents expense and income amounts that were recorded to the statement of operations as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. The amount is primarily attributed to cancellation of debt income net of related expenses and the elimination of deferred costs related to the cancelled debt. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence.

Chapter 11 Reorganization

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (the “Plan Support Agreement”) with consenting creditors holding greater than 74% of the principal amount of the then-outstanding senior secured indebtedness of the Company and with equity owners holding approximately 64% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock. The consenting creditors agreed to support the Company’s Pre-Packaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”).

On May 21, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the U.S.-based entities that borrowed or guaranteed the debt of the Company (collectively the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Court”). The Debtors also concurrently filed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement in support of the Plan and filed various motions seeking relief to continue operations. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors in possession” (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court.

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. The financial restructuring realized by the confirmation of the Plan was accomplished through a debt-for-equity exchange. The Plan deleveraged the Company’s balance sheet by eliminating the Company’s secured indebtedness in exchange for new equity in the Company. Existing stockholders, in their capacity as stockholders, received warrants for the new equity in the Company in exchange for the existing equity.

Subsequent to the Petition Date, the provisions in U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations applied to the Company’s financial statements while it operated under the provisions of Chapter 11. The accounting guidance did not change the application of generally accepted accounting principles in the preparation of financial statements. However, it does require that the financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, all transactions (including, but not limited to, all professional fees, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses) directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of our businesses are reported separately in our financial statements. All such expense or income amounts are reported in reorganization items in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company was not required to apply fresh-start accounting based on U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations due to the fact that the pre-petition holders who owned more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock immediately before confirmation of the Plan received more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock upon emergence. Accordingly, a new reporting entity was not created for accounting purposes.

Below is a summary of the significant transactions affecting the Company’s capital structure as a result of the effectiveness of the Plan.

Equity Transactions

On June 22, 2012, pursuant to the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, including all options, warrants or any other agreements to acquire shares of common stock of the Company that existed prior to the Petition Date, were cancelled and in exchange, holders of such interests received distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The distributions received by holders of interests in our

common stock prior to the petition date on June 22, 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Plan included adequate protection payments and conversion fees of approximately $60.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively. These amounts represent only the portion attributable to the existing stockholders prior to the petition date. There were $69.7 million of adequate protection payments and $30.3 million of conversion fee payments made in total. Following the emergence on June 22, 2012, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of (i) 380,000,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

On June 22, 2012, the Company issued an aggregate of 140,000,000 post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan, of which 82,022 are treasury shares, on a pro rata basis to the holders of the then-existing first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”), the then-existing first lien revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan”) and the 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “10.5% Senior Notes”) as of the Petition Date. The Company issued the new common stock pursuant to Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Our MIP became effective upon emergence. The MIP provides for grants of options and restricted stock at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of the grant and reserved for management and employees up to 10% of the new common stock of the Company. On June 22, 2012, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, the Company granted 9,251,462 stock options to executive officers with an exercise price of $12.50. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value on the date of grant and generally vest over a three or four year period. Also, on June 22, 2012, the Company granted 24,000 restricted stock units to independent directors which vest after one year.

Debt Transactions

On June 22, 2012, the Company’s creditors converted the Term Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the Revolving Loan with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock, subject to dilution pursuant to the MIP and the exercise of the new warrants, and received $30.3 million in cash.

In connection with the Chapter 11 filing on May 22, 2012, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility, which converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility. The proceeds of the exit facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and are providing working capital to the Company since its emergence from Chapter 11.

A summary of the transactions affecting the Company’s debt balances is as follows (in thousands):

Debt balance prior to emergence from bankruptcy (including accrued interest)

$(3,142,234

Exchange of debt for new shares of common stock

 1,750,000  

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

 98,352  

Adequate protection payments

 69,701  

Conversion fees

 30,299  

Professional fees

 21,726  
  

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

$(1,172,156
  

 

 

 

Results of Operations

Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 20142017 and 20132016

 

(dollars in thousands)  Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
 Dollar
change
 Percent
Change
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
 Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 Dollar
change
 Percent
Change
 

Net sales

  $1,372,316   $1,378,612   $(6,296 (0.5)%  $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $34,826  2.5

Costs and expenses:

         

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

   588,726   585,059   3,667   0.6

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

 617,802  610,715  7,087  1.2

Publishing rights amortization

   105,624   139,588   (33,964 (24.3)%  46,238  61,351  (15,113 (24.6)% 

Pre-publication amortization

   129,693   121,715   7,978   6.6 126,038  130,243  (4,205 (3.2)% 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 824,043   846,362   (22,319 (2.6)%  790,078  802,309  (12,231 (1.5)% 

Selling and administrative

 612,535   580,887   31,648   5.4 654,860  699,544  (44,684 (6.4)% 

Other intangible asset amortization

 12,170   18,968   (6,798 (35.8)%  30,748  ��26,750  3,998  14.9

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 1,679   9,000   (7,321 (81.3)% 

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

 3,980  139,205  (135,225 NM 

Restructuring

 40,653   —    40,653  NM 

Severance and other charges

 7,300   10,040   (2,740 (27.3)%  713  15,650  (14,937 NM 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

 (85,411 (86,645 (1,234 (1.4)%  (113,521 (310,773 197,252  63.5
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other income (expense):

Other expense:

    

Interest expense

 (18,245 (21,344 (3,099 (14.5)%  (42,805 (39,181 (3,624 (9.2)% 

Interest income

 1,338  518  820  NM 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (1,593 (252 (1,341 NM   1,366  (614 1,980  NM 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 —    (598 598   NM  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before taxes

 (105,249 (108,839 (3,590 (3.3)%  (153,622 (350,050 196,428  56.1

Income tax expense

 6,242   2,347   3,895   NM  

Income tax benefit

 (50,435 (65,492 15,057  23.0
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

$(111,491$(111,186$305   NM   $(103,187 $(284,558 $181,371  63.7
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

NM = not meaningful

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased $6.32017 increased $34.8 million, or 0.5%2.5%, from $1,378.6$1,372.7 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $1,372.3$1,407.5 million. The decreasenet sales increase was largely driven by $18.0an $18.9 million lower net sales of professional developmentincrease in our Trade Publishing segment and professional services,a $15.9 million increase in our Education segment during the current period. Within our Trade business, the increase was primarily due to sales of the Whole30series and Tim Ferriss’Tribe of Mentors and Tools of Titans, stronger eBook sales, such asThe Handmaid’s Taleand 1984, and backlist print title sales, such asThe Polar Express andThe Giver,along with a lower product return rate and higher

35


subrights income. Within our Education segment, the prior yearincrease was primarily due to greater sales from our Extension businesses, which primarily consist of Heinemann, intervention, supplemental and assessment products as well as professional services. Extension businesses net sales for the current period benefitting $8.0increased $22.0 million from the completion of a contract that led$565.0 million in 2016 to the recognition of$587.0 million primarily driven by higher Heinemann and supplemental net sales previously deferred, coupled with lower learning management system sales and services as we have exited that business. Further, there was a $9.0 million decrease in 2017. The primary drivers of the increase in our Heinemann net sales were sales of traditional printClassroom Libraries along with the introduction ofFountas & Pinnell Classroom product. The primary drivers of the increase in our supplemental products due to an aging product basenet sales were sales of custom book bundles. Also within our Extension businesses, assessment and intervention net sales declined year over year, offsetting a $3.0 million declineportion of the above increases. Partially offsetting the increase in our Extension businesses net sales were lower Core Solutions sales, inclusive of international sales, due to a decline in licensing revenue. Additionally, there was a decrease of $8.0which declined by $6.0 million from $642.0 million in Trade Publishing net sales, as the prior year2016 period benefitted from strong net sales of backlist titles associated with the theatrical releases ofThe Hobbit andLife of Pi, which did not occurto $636.0 million in the current period. The primary drivers of the decrease in our Core Solutions business were lower Reading and Math program net sales in open territory states, lower Math program sales in adoption states and lower sales from our international business, primarily due to a large Department of Defense order in 2016 not repeating in 2017. Partially offsetting the decreases were higherdecrease in Core Solutions net sales of $13.0was a $5.0 million from our Heinemann products, primarily related toone-time fee we recognized in 2017 in connection with the Leveled Literacy Intervention product line along with $13.0 million of higher assessment net sales driven by the releaseexpiration of a new version of the Woodcock Johnson program and higher sales directly to consumers. Additionally, there were net sales of $230.0 million during 2014 that were deferred, compared to net sales of $2.0 million in the prior year, and will be recognized up to seven years rather than immediately due to the increase in digital and subscription components within our programs along with the length of our programs. Our billings increased $221.8 million, or 16%, from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to large Texas Math and Science adoptions and, to a lesser extent, adoptions in California and Florida.distribution agreement.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased $1.22017 favorably changed by $197.3 million or 1.4%, from a loss of $86.6$310.8 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to a loss of $85.4$113.5 million, due primarily to the following:

 

A $32.8reduction in Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets of $135.2 million. In 2016, we incurred an impairment charge pertaining to certain tradenames within the education business due to a strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal, and our various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names. In 2017, we impaired $4.0 million ofpre-publication costs for products that will not have sales in future periods,

An increase in net sales of $34.8 million,

A $44.7 million decrease in selling and administrative costs primarily due to lower professional fees of $18.9 million (of which $10.0 million relates to legal settlement costs for copyright litigation during the prior year period coupled with a net $3.6 million insurance reimbursement during the 2017 period), a reduction of internal and outside labor related costs of $18.9 million, and lower discretionary expense such as promotion and travel and entertainment expenses of $15.8 million, all largely due to actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Additionally, variable expenses such as samples, transportation and depository fees were $7.6 million lower in the period, and fixed costs and depreciation were $6.8 million lower. The decrease in selling and administrative costs was partially offset by $18.6 million of higher commission expense and annual incentive plan compensation due to greater achievement of targeted levels than in the prior-year period, and $4.4 million of higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases,

A $15.3 million net reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights,pre-publication and other intangible assets, compared to the prior yearprimarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization, partially offset by the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016,

 

Further, there was a $7.3A $14.9 million reduction in impairment costs compared toseverance and other charges as the prior year. In 2013, theremajority of such expenses during the 2017 period were $7.4 million of software development costs impaired, $1.1 million of pre-publication costs impairedunder our 2017 Restructuring Plan and $0.5 million of tradenames impaired. In 2014, we recorded a $1.3 million impairment charge related to an investment in preferred stock and a $0.4 million impairment charge related to tradenames,have been included within the restructuring line item,

 

Partially offsetting the aforementioned,favorable change in operating loss was a $40.7 million charge associated with our 2017 Restructuring Plan, which includes severance and termination benefits of $16.2 million, real estate consolidation costs of $7.9 million, implementation costs of $7.5 million and an impairment charge related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment of $9.1 million, and

36


Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, increased $7.1 million of which $15.5 million is attributed to higher sales volume offset by $8.4 million of improved profitability as our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publicationamortization, increased $3.7 million compared to the prior year. Asas a percentpercentage of net sales our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization increaseddecreased to 42.9%43.9% from 42.4%, resulting in an approximate $6.3 million decrease in profitability partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease attributed to lower volume. The increase in our costs was primarily attributed to a 1.3% increase in royalties as a percent of net sales, attributed to the increased billings, which had a negative impact on profitability of an approximate $17.7 million, along with higher depreciation expense of $9.7 million, attributed to increased platform spend over the past several years. The increases were partially offset by a reduction in our product cost of $14.5 million and $6.6 million of lower inventory obsolescence expense,

Also, there was an increase in selling and administrative costs of $31.6 million compared to the prior year, primarily44.5% due to product mix, increased variable costs of $34.9Trade eBook sales, and a $5.0 million of commissionsone-time fee we recognized associated with the approximately $221.8 million increase in our billings, higher technology costsexpiration of $12.3 million, an increasedistribution agreement that did not carry any cost of $3.0 million of outside labor to support the increased billings, and a $1.9 million increase in stock-based compensation due to additional equity award issuances, partially offset by a $19.1 million decline in fees associated with the registration of securities.sales.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased $3.12017 increased $3.6 million, or 14.5%9.2%, to $18.2 million from $21.3$39.2 million for the same period in 20132016 to $42.8 million, primarily as a resultdue to $4.1 million of Amendment No. 4 tonet settlement payments on our interest rate derivative instruments during the current period, offset by the lower outstanding balance on our term loan facility, which reducedfacility.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $0.8 million from $0.5 million for the same period in 2016 to $1.3 million, primarily due to increases in interest rate applicable to borrowings thereunder by 1.0%.rates on our investments.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 20142017 favorably changed by $2.0 million from a loss of $0.6 million for the same period in 2016 to a gain of $1.4 million in 2017. The change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to foreign exchange forward contracts executed on the Euro that were favorably impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar against the Euro.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $15.1 million, from a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016 to a benefit of $50.4 million in 2017. The 2017 income tax benefit was primarily related to the following effects of U.S. tax reform:

A $31.5 million benefit related to the remeasurement of U.S. net deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets to reflect the change in U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, and

A $40.4 million benefit related to the release of valuation allowance due to the Company’s ability to utilize indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities as a source of future taxable income in its assessment of realization of deferred tax assets. This is a result of the U.S. tax law change that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings.

The 2017 income tax benefit was partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the effects of these discrete items, the effective tax rate was 32.8% and 18.7% for years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

37


Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(dollars in thousands)  Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
  Dollar
change
  Percent
Change
 

Net sales

  $1,372,685  $1,416,059  $(43,374  (3.1)% 

Costs and expenses:

     

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   610,715   622,668   (11,953  (1.9)% 

Publishing rights amortization

   61,351   81,007   (19,656  (24.3)% 

Pre-publication amortization

   130,243   120,506   9,737   8.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

   802,309   824,181   (21,872  (2.7)% 

Selling and administrative

   699,544   681,124   18,420   2.7

Other intangible asset amortization

   26,750   22,038   4,712   21.4

Impairment charge for intangible assets

   139,205   —     139,205   NM 

Severance and other charges

   15,650   4,767   10,883   NM 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (310,773  (116,051  (194,722  NM 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expense:

     

Interest expense

   (39,181  (32,254  (6,927  (21.5)% 

Interest income

   518   209   309   NM 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

   (614  (2,362  1,748   74.0

Loss on debt extinguishment

   —     (3,051  3,051   NM 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (350,050  (153,509  (196,541  NM 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   (65,492  (19,640  (45,852  NM 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(284,558 $(133,869 $(150,689  NM 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NM = not meaningful

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $43.4 million, or 3.1%, from $1,416.1 million for the same period in 2015 to $1,372.7 million. The net sales decrease was driven by a decline in the Company’s Core Solutions and supplemental education business net sales of $108.0 million due to a smaller new adoption market in 2016 versus 2015 coupled with lower market share and $21.0 million of lower net sales from the assessment business, primarily clinical, due to natural attrition of sales over time following the initial release of a new product version. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $49.0 million incremental contribution from the EdTech business acquired in May 2015. Further, there was an $18.0 million increase in net sales of our Heinemann intervention and professional publishing products, an $11.0 million increase in net sales of the international business due primarily to Department of Defense sales, and to a lesser extent, greater sales in Asia Pacific.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 unfavorably changed $194.7 million from a loss of $116.1 million for the same period in 2015 to a loss of $310.8 million, due primarily to the following:

A $139.2 million impairment charge for intangible assets pertaining to certain tradenames within the education business as the Company has made a strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal and our various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names,

A $18.4 million increase in selling and administrative costs primarily due to higher fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to the full-year effect of the EdTech business, primarily with respect to internal and external labor and higher depreciation, coupled with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. Partially offsetting the increase were $19.0 million

38


of lower commission expenses in 2016 versus the prior period due to the sales performance shortfall. Further offsetting the increase was $4.7 million of lower transactional expenses relating to legal settlements and integration activity in 2016 as compared to 2015 where we incurred $30.1 million of transaction expenses relating to equity, acquisition and integration activity,

Additionally, there was a $10.9 million increase in severance and other charges attributed to changes in executive management as well as cost-reduction activities in 2016,

Partially offsetting the aforementioned was a $5.2 million net reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights,pre-publication costs, and other intangible assets, due primarily to our use of accelerated amortization methods for publishing rights amortization, partially offset by $1.3the amortization of certain tradenames, previously unamortized, due to a change in estimate of the useful lives, and

Our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, decreased $12.0 million of which $19.1 million of the decrease is attributed to lower volume partially offset by $7.1 million as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percent of net sales increased to 44.5% from 44.0% due to product mix, as we sold more product carrying higher cost this year and had higher technology costs to support our digital products.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $6.9 million, or 21.5%, from $32.3 million for the same period in 2015 to $39.2 million, primarily as a result of the increase to our outstanding term loan facility from $243.1 million to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing of the EdTech acquisition in May 2015. Further, interest expense increased $1.2 million in 2016 due to our interest rate derivative contracts.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.3 million, from $0.2 million for the same period in 2015 to $0.5 million, primarily as a result of the increased investment in money market accounts and short term investments.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2016 favorably changed by $1.7 million from an expense of $0.3$2.4 million in 20132015 to an expense of $1.6$0.6 million in 2014.2016. The current year loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward and option contracts executed on the Euro that were adverselyunfavorably impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar.dollar against the Euro. Although a similar instance existed in the prior year, the change of the U.S dollar against the Euro was greater than the current year based on the timing of the execution of the derivative instruments.

Loss on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of a $2.2 millionwrite-off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous term loan facility accounted for as an extinguishment. Further, there was a $0.9 millionwrite-off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous revolving credit facility which was also accounted for as an extinguishment.

Income tax expensebenefit for the year ended December 31, 20142016 increased $3.9$45.9 million from an expensea benefit of $2.3$19.6 million for the same period in 2015 to a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,2015 was primarily related to a $34.9 million release of an expenseaccrual for uncertain tax positions due to the lapsing of $6.2 million.the statute, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax expensebenefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective tax rate was 5.9%18.7% and 2.2%12.8% for the yearyears ended December 31, 20142016 and 2013,2015, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded no tax benefit on the year-to-date loss, except for the country of Ireland where we released the valuation allowance by approximately $3.0 million. The income tax expense of $6.2 million was primarily related to movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite lived intangibles, and accrual of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions.

Consolidated Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(dollars in thousands)  Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  Dollar
change
  Percent
Change
 

Net sales

  $1,378,612   $1,285,641   $92,971    7.2

Costs and expenses:

     

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

   585,059    515,948    69,111    13.4

Publishing rights amortization

   139,588    177,747    (38,159  (21.5)% 

Pre-publication amortization

   121,715    137,729    (16,014  (11.6)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 846,362   831,424   14,938   1.8

Selling and administrative

 580,887   533,462   47,425   8.9

Other intangible asset amortization

 18,968   54,815   (35,847 (65.4)% 

Impairment charge for intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 9,000   8,003   997   12.5

Severance and other charges

 10,040   9,375   665   7.1

Gain on bargain purchase

 —    (30,751 30,751   NM  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

 (86,645 (120,687 (34,042 (28.2)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

Interest expense

 (21,344 (123,197 (101,853 (82.7)% 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (252 1,688   (1,940 NM  

Loss on debt extinguishment

 (598 —    (598 NM  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

 (108,839 (242,196 (133,357 (55.1)% 

Reorganization items, net

 —    (149,114 149,114   NM  

Income tax expense (benefit)

 2,347   (5,943 8,290   139.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

$(111,186$(87,139$24,047   27.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NM = not meaningful39

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $93.0 million, or 7.2%, from $1,285.6 million for the same period in 2012, to $1,378.6 million. The increase was largely driven by $34.0 million of increased adoptions sales, primarily in Florida and Tennessee, due to new adoptions that did not exist in the prior year, together with $12.0 million of increased sales in the open territory market driven by a large sale to the New York City school district of ourGo Math! product. Also benefitting sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 was an incremental $37.0 million of sales of intervention and professional development products, $12.0 million of higher international, professional services and assessment sales and $13.7 million additional net sales from our culinary product line. Additionally, we were able to increase sales in the private, parochial and charter school channel through an agreement with a reseller. The private, parochial and charter school channel incremental sales along with the sale of consumable backlist products sold to both other resellers and directly to customers, resulted in an increase of $16.0 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. Offsetting the above positive factors were lower residual sales of $13.0 million, which are typically lower in years of larger adoption sales; lower supplemental product sales due to an aging products, and $16.0 million of lower sales of learning management systems as we migrate to a new learning management system partner strategy.

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased $34.0 million, or 28.2%, from a loss of $120.7 million for the same period in 2012, to a loss of $86.6 million, due primarily to the following:

a $90.0 million reduction in amortization expense related to publishing rights, pre-publication and other intangible assets due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years.

Increased sales of $93.0 million, however, our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization, as a percent of sales increased to 42.4% from 40.1% resulting in an approximate $31.7 million adverse impact on profitability. This increase was the result of a shift in our product mix impacting production costs by $7.5 million and royalty costs by $4.7 million. Additionally, our gratis costs were $12.1 million higher due to increased sales to adoption states and we incurred $10.2 million of higher depreciation on digital platforms. The net effect of the increased sales was an improvement of approximately $24 million on the operating loss from the prior year.

Offsetting the favorable impacts on our operating loss was a $47.4 million increase in selling and administrative costs primarily due to approximately $20 million of costs associated with our initial public offering in November 2013 and a $16.7 million increase in commission expense, a $5.3 million increase in stock compensation costs and a $8.3 million increase in sampling expenses in advance of the 2014 scheduled adoptions and transportation expenses associated with the increase in sales;

Partially offset by a $30.8 million gain on bargain purchase in 2012 that did not occur in 2013.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased $101.9 million, or 82.7%, to $21.3 million from $123.2 million for the same period in 2012, primarily as a result of our emergence from bankruptcy with substantially reduced debt.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2013 unfavorably changed by $1.9 million from income of $1.7 million to an expense of $0.3 million. The loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward and option contracts executed on the Euro.

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $8.3 million from a tax benefit of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, to a tax expense of $2.3 million. For both periods, the income tax expense was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective rate was 2.1% and (6.4)% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded no tax benefit on the year-to-date loss. The income tax expense of $2.3 million was primarily related to movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite lived intangibles, accrual of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions and to a tax benefit allocated to continuing operations as a result of recording gains in other comprehensive income (loss). Similar to 2012, such gains provide a source of income that enables realization of the tax benefit of the current year’s loss in continuing operations.

The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to a tax benefit allocated to continuing operations after considering the gain recorded in the second quarter of 2012 in additional paid-in capital as a result of the reorganization. This tax benefit in continuing operations was offset by the deferred tax liabilities associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, as well as expected foreign, state and local taxes.


Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement our financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA, which is not prepared in addition to our GAAP results.accordance with GAAP. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because it assists both investors and management in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business. Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator

of general economic performance that is not affected by debt restructurings, fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates,non-cash charges, or levels of depreciation or amortization along with costs such as severance, separation and facility closure costs, acquisition-related activity costs, restructuring costs and acquisitionintegration costs. Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. In addition, targets and positive trends in Adjusted EBITDA (further adjusted to include changes in deferred revenue) are used as performance measures and to determine certain compensation of management.management, and Adjusted EBITDA is used as the base for calculations relating to incurrence covenants in our debt agreements. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA of other companies. Although we use Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to assess the performance of our business, the use of Adjusted EBITDA is limited because it does not include certain material costs, such as interest and taxes, necessary to operate our business. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net earningsloss/income in accordance with GAAP as a measure of performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of liquidity or free cash flow for discretionary use. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA.

Below is a reconciliation of our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012:2015:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2014  2013  2012 

Net loss

  $(111,491 $(111,186 $(87,139

Interest expense

   18,245    21,344    123,197  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   6,242    2,347    (5,943

Depreciation expense

   72,290    61,705    58,131  

Amortization expense (1)

   247,487    280,271    370,291  

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

   11,376    9,524    4,227  

Non-cash charges—gain (loss) on derivative instruments

   1,593    252    (1,688

Asset impairment charges

   1,679    9,000    8,003  

Purchase accounting adjustments (2)

   3,661    11,460    (16,511

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

   4,424    23,540    267  

Restructuring

   2,577    3,123    6,716  

Severance separation costs and facility closures (3)

   7,300    13,040    9,375  

Reorganization items, net (4)

   —      —      (149,114

Debt extinguishment loss

   —      598    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$265,383  $325,018  $319,812  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Years Ended December 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net loss

  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Interest expense

   42,805   39,181   32,254 

Interest income

   (1,338  (518  (209

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (50,435  (65,492  (19,640

Depreciation expense

   75,494   79,825   72,639 

Amortization expense

   203,024   218,344   223,551 

Non-cash charges—stock-compensation

   10,828   10,567   12,452 

Non-cash charges—(gain) loss on derivative instruments

   (1,366  614   2,362 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

   3,980   139,205   —   

Purchase accounting adjustments

   —     5,116   7,487 

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

   1,464   1,123   25,562 

2017 Restructuring Plan

   40,653   —     —   

Restructuring/Integration

   —     14,364   4,572 

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

   713   15,650   4,767 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —     —     3,051 

Legal (reimbursement) settlement

   (3,633  10,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $219,002  $183,421  $234,979 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Includes pre-publication amortization of $129,693, $121,715 and $137,729 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively.
(2)Represents certain non-cash accounting adjustments, most significantly relating to deferred revenue and inventory costs.
(3)Represents costs associated with restructuring. Included in such costs are severance, facility integration (including inventory excess) and vacancy of excess facilities.
(4)Represents net gain associated with our Chapter 11 reorganization in 2012.

40


Segment Operating Results

Results of Operations—Comparing Years Ended December 31, 20142017, 2016 and 2013 and 20122015

Education

 

 Year Ended December 31,  2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 2012  Years Ended December 31,  2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015 
 Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
 2014 2013 2012  2017 2016 2015 

Net sales

 $1,209,142   $1,207,908   $1,128,591   $1,234   0.1 $79,317   7.0 $1,222,971  $1,207,070  $1,251,122  $15,901  1.3 $(44,052 (3.5)% 

Costs and expenses:

              

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

 482,765   476,488   424,205   6,277   1.3 52,283   12.3

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

 502,209  498,991  511,706  3,218  0.6 (12,715 (2.5)% 

Publishing rights amortization

 94,225   126,781   161,649   (32,556 (25.7)%  (34,868 (21.6)%  38,721  52,660  71,109  (13,939 (26.5)%  (18,449 (25.9)% 

Pre-publication amortization

 128,793   120,562   136,361   8,231   6.8 (15,799 (11.6)%  125,670  129,836  119,894  (4,166 (3.2)%  9,942  8.3
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 705,783   723,831   722,215   (18,048 (2.5)%  1,616   0.2 666,600  681,487  702,709  (14,887 (2.2)%  (21,222 (3.0)% 

Selling and administrative

 495,421   452,561   438,503   42,860   9.5 14,058   3.2 520,354  545,433  534,477  (25,079 (4.6)%  10,956  2.0

Other intangible asset amortization

 9,865   17,079   54,542   (7,214 (42.2)%  (37,463 (68.7)%  24,936  23,250  18,840  1,686  7.3 4,410  23.4

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 1,279   8,500   8,003   (7,221 (85.0)%  497   6.2

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

 3,980  139,205   —    (135,225 (97.1)%  139,205  NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating income (loss)

$(3,206$5,937  $(94,672$(9,143 (154.0)% $100,609   106.3 $7,101  $(182,305 $(4,904 $189,406  NM  $(177,401 NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

$(3,206$5,937  $(94,672$(9,143 (154.0)% $100,609   106.3 $7,101  $(182,305 $(4,904 $189,406  NM  $(177,401 NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjustments from net income (loss) to Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

       

Depreciation expense

 63,865   53,875   49,600   9,990   18.5 4,275   8.6 $53,192  $57,910  $56,960  $(4,718 (8.1)%  $950  1.7

Amortization expense

 232,884   264,422   352,552   (31,538 (11.9)%  (88,130 (25.0)%  189,327  205,746  209,843  (16,419 (8.0)%  (4,097 (2.0)% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

 1,279   8,500   8,003   (7,221 (85.0)%  497   6.2 3,980  139,205   —    (135,225 (97.1)%  139,205  NM 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 3,661   10,449   14,240   (6,788 (65.0)%  (3,791 (26.6)%   —    5,116  7,487  (5,116 NM  (2,371 (31.7)% 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA

$298,483  $343,183  $329,723  $(44,700 (13.0)% $13,460   4.1 $253,600  $225,672  $269,386  $27,928  12.4 $(43,714 (16.2)% 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

 24.7 28.4 29.2 20.7 18.7 21.5    
 

 

  

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

  

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 20142017 increased $1.2$15.9 million, or 0.1%1.3%, from $1,207.9$1,207.1 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $1,209.1$1,223.0 million. The net sales increase was largelyprimarily due to greater sales from our Extension businesses, which primarily consist of Heinemann, intervention, supplemental and assessment products as well as professional services. Extension businesses net sales for the current period increased $22.0 million from $565.0 million in the 2016 period to $587.0 million primarily driven by higher Heinemann and supplemental net sales. The primary drivers of the increase in our Heinemann net sales were sales of $13.0our Classroom Libraries offering along with the introduction of ourFountas & Pinnell Classroom

41


product. The primary drivers of the increase in our supplemental net sales for the year ended December 31, 2017, were sales of custom book bundles. Also within our Extension businesses, our assessment and intervention net sales declined year over year, offsetting a portion of the above increases. Partially offsetting the increase in our Extension businesses net sales were lower Core Solutions sales, inclusive of international sales, which declined by $6.0 million from the Heinemann business, primarily related to the Leveled Literacy Intervention product line along with $13.0 million of higher assessment net sales driven by the release of a new version of the Woodcock Johnson program and higher sales directly to consumers. Additionally, there were net sales of $230.0 million during 2014 that were deferred, compared to net sales of $2.0$642.0 million in the prior year, and will be recognized up2016 period to seven years rather than immediately due to$636.0 million. The primary drivers behind the increasedecrease in digital and subscription components within our programs along with the length of our programs. Our billings increased $221.8 million, or 16%, from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to large Texas Math and Science adoptions and, to a lesser extent, adoptions in California and Florida. Partially offsetting the increaseCore Solutions business were lower net sales of professional developmentopen territory programs, Core Solutions math programs across adoption states and professional services,lower sales from our international business, primarily due to a large Department of Defense order in the prior year period benefitting $8.0not repeating in 2017. Partially offsetting the decrease in Core Solutions net sales was a $5.0 million fromone-time fee we recognized in connection with the completionexpiration of a contract that led to the recognition of revenue previously deferred, coupled with lower learning management system sales and services as we have exited those

offerings. Further, there was a $9.0 million decrease in net sales of traditional print supplemental products due to an aging product base and a $3.0 million decline in international sales due to a decline in licensing revenue.distribution agreement.

Our Education segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $79.32016 decreased $44.1 million, or 7.0%3.5%, from $1,128.6$1,251.1 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $1,207.9$1,207.1 million. The increasenet sales decrease was largely driven by $34.0 million of increased adoptions sales, primarily in Florida and Tennessee, due to new adoptions that did not exist in the prior year, together with $12.0 million of increased sales in the open territory market driven by a large saledecline in the Company’s Core Solutions and supplemental education business net sales of $108.0 million due to a smaller new adoption market in 2016 versus 2015 coupled with lower market share, and $21.0 million of lower net sales from the New York City school districtassessment business, primarily clinical, due to natural attrition of ourGo Math! product. Also benefitting sales forover time following the year ended December 31, 2013initial release of a new product version. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $49.0 million incremental contribution from the EdTech business, which was acquired in May 2015. Further, there was an incremental $37.0$18.0 million ofincrease in net sales of our Heinemann intervention and professional developmentpublishing products, along with $12.0an $11.0 million increase in net sales of higherthe international professional servicesbusiness due primarily to Department of Defense sales, and assessment sales. Additionally, we were able to increasea lesser extent, greater sales in the private, parochial and charter school channel through an agreement with a reseller. The private, parochial and charter school channel incremental sales along with the sale of consumable backlist products sold to both other resellers and directly to customers resulted in an increase of $16.0 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. Offsetting the above positive factors were lower residual sales of $13.0 million, which are typically lower in years of larger adoption sales; lower supplemental product sales due to an aging products, and $16.0 million of lower sales of learning management systems as we migrate to a new learning management system partner strategy.Asia Pacific.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, decreased $18.0$14.9 million, or 2.5%2.2%, from $723.8$681.5 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $705.8$666.6 million. The decrease was attributed to a $24.3Publishing rights andpre-publication amortization decreased by $18.1 million reduction in net amortization expense related to publishing rights and pre-publication amortizationfrom the same period last year primarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods. Partially offsetting the aforementioned decrease was an increase inmethods for publishing rights amortization. Our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publicationamortization, increased $3.2 million of $6.3which $6.6 million is attributed to higher sales volume offset by $3.4 million of improved profitability as our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percentpercentage of net sales increaseddecreased to 39.9%41.1% from 39.4%41.3%, resulting in higher product cost of approximately $5.8 million with $0.6 million of the increase due to higher volume. The increase in product cost was primarily due to higher royalty costs, which asproduct mix and a percent$5.0 millionone-time fee we recognized associated with a distribution agreement that did not carry any cost of net sales, increased to 7.2% from 5.8%, resulting in an approximate $16.9 million of decreased profitability offset by lower production costs of $7.6 million attributed to longer print runs along with $3.5 million of lower inventory obsolescence.sales.

Our Education segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $1.62016, decreased $21.2 million, or 0.2%3.0%, from $722.2$702.7 million for the same period in 2012,2015, to $723.8$681.5 million. The increasedecrease was attributed to a $52.3 million increasereduction in our cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization. This increase was primarily due to $12.1andpre-publication amortization of $12.7 million, of higher gratis costs duewhich $18.0 million is attributed to increased sales to adoption states, which typically carry higher gratis, $5.0 million increase in production cost, $11.5 million increase in royalties associated with our product mix, $10.2 million of higher amortization on digital platforms, and $13.5 million due to the increase in saleslower volume. Offsetting the increase inOur cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights andpre-publicationamortization, as a percent of net sales increased to 41.3% from 40.9%, resulting in an approximate $5.3 million decrease in profitability primarily attributed to our product mix as we sold more product carrying higher cost this year. Further, there was $50.7an $8.5 million reduction in net amortization expense related to publishing rights andpre-publication costs, primarily due to our use of accelerated amortization methods and lower pre-publication spending over the past several years as compared to previous years.for publishing rights.

Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased $42.92017 decreased $25.1 million, or 9.5%4.6%, from $452.6$545.4 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $495.4$520.4 million. The increasedecrease was driven by a reduction in internal and outside labor related costs of $15.0 million, a reduction in marketing and advertising costs of $6.0 million along with lower travel and entertainment expenses of $3.0 million, primarily as a result of actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Further, samples, transportation and depository fees were $9.0 million lower in 2017. The decrease was partially offset by higher incentive compensation, and higher commission expense due to increased variable costsgreater achievement levels than in 2016 along with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of $35.5 million of commissions, associated with the approximately $221.8 million increase in our billings. Additionally, both labor-related and marketing and promotion costs increased modestly.favorable office leases.

42


Our Education segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013,2016 increased $14.1$11.0 million, or 3.2%2.0%, from $438.5$534.5 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $452.6$545.4 million. The increase was primarily due to higher fixed and discretionary expenses attributed to the full year effect of the EdTech business, primarily with respect to internal and external labor, coupled with higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. Partially offsetting the increase are $19.0 million of lower commission expenses in 2016 versus the prior period due to the sales performance shortfall.

Our Education segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $1.7 million from the same period in 2016, which was related to the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016, partially offset by decline of other existing intangible assets.

Our Education segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $4.4 million from the same period in 2015, which was related to the amortization of certain previously unamortized tradenames, due to a change in estimate of their useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016, offset by our use of accelerated amortization methods.

Our Education segment impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets decreased $135.2 million in 2017 from the same period in 2016. In 2016, the impairment charge of $139.2 million was for intangible assets, as the Company made the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, in favor of branding our products under the HMH and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names. In 2017, the impairment charge of $4.0 million was related to a certain program included withinpre-publication costs.

Our Education segment impairment chargepre-publication costs and intangible assets increased $139.2 million in 2016 from no expense for the same period in 2015. The increase is due to an increaseimpairment charge for intangible assets, as the Company made the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and our various supplemental brands, in favor of $24.5 million in variable costs pertaining to commissions, transportation, samplesbranding our products under the HMH and depository fees associated with higher sales and sales mix along with $3.9 million of higher technology and professional fees. Offsetting the increase in selling and administrative expenses was a reduction in labor related costs of $9.5 million related to reduced head count, and lower depreciation of $6.0 million.Houghton Mifflin Harcourt names.

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $44.72017, improved $27.9 million, or 13.0%12.4%, from income of $343.2$225.7 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to income of $298.5 million.$253.6 million in 2017. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, asset impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The 2016 purchase accounting adjustments for both 2014 and 2013 relatedprimarily relate to adjustments to deferred revenue for the 2010 restructuring where we adjusted our balance sheet to fair value.a 2015 acquisition. The purchase accounting adjustments will gradually decrease each year. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales were 24.7% and 28.4% for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively,increase is due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenseexpenses after removing those items not included in Education segment Adjusted EBITDA. Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 20.7% and 18.7% for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $13.52016, decreased $43.7 million, or 4.1%16.2%, from $329.7$269.4 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $343.2$225.7 million. Our Education segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The impairment charge of $8.5 million pertains primarily to the write off of platforms and programs that will not be utilized in the future. The purchase accounting adjustments for both 2013 and 2012 relatedprimarily relate to adjustments to deferred revenue for the 2010 restructuring where we adjusted our balance sheet to fair value. The purchase accounting adjustments will gradually decrease each year. The decrease in ouracquisition of the EdTech business. Education segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales decreased from 29.2%21.5% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 20122015 to 28.4%18.7% for the same period in 2013, was2016 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expense after removing those items not included in Education segment Adjusted EBITDA.

43


Trade Publishing

 

  Year Ended December 31,  2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 2012   Years Ended December 31,  2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015 
 Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
   Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
2014 2013 2012  2017 2016 2015 

Net sales

  $163,174   $170,704   $157,050   $(7,530 (4.4)%  $13,654   8.7  $184,540  $165,615  $164,937  $18,925  11.4 $678  0.4

Costs and expenses:

                

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

   105,961   105,571   91,743   390   0.4 13,828   15.1

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   115,593  111,724  110,962  3,869  3.5 762  0.7

Publishing rights amortization

   11,399   12,807   16,098   (1,408 (11.0)%  (3,291 (20.4)%    7,517  8,691  9,898  (1,174 (13.5)%  (1,207 (12.2)% 

Pre-publication amortization

   900   1,153   1,368   (253 (21.9)%  (215 (15.7)%    368  407  612  (39 (9.6)%  (205 (33.5)% 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 118,260   119,531   109,209   (1,271 (1.1)%  10,322   9.5   123,478  120,822  121,472  2,656  2.2 (650 (0.5)% 

Selling and administrative

 45,128   42,227   36,994   2,901   6.9 5,233   14.1   53,288  48,227  47,363  5,061  10.5 864  1.8

Other intangible asset amortization

 2,305   1,889   273   416   22.0 1,616   NM     5,812  3,500  3,198  2,312  66.1 302  9.4

Impairment charge for intangible assets

 400   500   —     (100 (20.0)%  500   NM  

Gain on bargain purchase

 —     —     (30,751 —     NM   30,751   NM  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating Income (loss)

$(2,919$6,557  $41,325  $(9,476 NM  $(34,768 (84.1)% 

Operating income (loss)

  $1,962  $(6,934 $(7,096 $8,896  NM  $162  2.3
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net Income (loss)

$(2,919$6,557  $41,325  $(9,476 NM  $(34,768 (84.1)% 

Net income (loss)

  $1,962  $(6,934 $(7,096 $8,896  NM  $162  2.3
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjustments from Net Income (loss) to Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

Adjustments from net income (loss) to Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Depreciation expense

 591   531   461   60   11.3 70   15.2  $401  $591  $1,091  $(190 (32.1)%  $(500 (45.8)% 

Amortization expense

 14,603   15,849   17,739   (1,246 (7.9)%  (1,890 (10.7)%    13,697  12,598  13,708  1,099  8.7 (1,110 (8.1)% 

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

 400   500   —     (100 (20.0)%  500   NM  

Purchase accounting adjustments

 —     1,011   (30,751 (1,011 NM   31,762   NM  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA

$12,675  $24,448  $28,774  $(11,773 (48.2)% $(4,326 (15.0)%   $16,060  $6,255  $7,703  $9,805  NM  $(1,448 (18.8)% 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net sales

 7.8 14.3 18.3   8.7 3.8 4.7    
  

 

  

 

  

 

       

 

  

 

  

 

     

NM = not meaningful

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $7.52017 increased $18.9 million, or 4.4%11.4%, from $170.7$165.6 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $163.2$184.5 million. The decreaseincrease in net sales was largely driven by the prior year period benefitting from strong net2017 sales of backlist titles associated with the theatrical releases Whole30series andTim Ferriss’ Tribe of Mentorsand Tools of Titans, stronger eBook sales, such asThe HobbitHandmaid’s Tale and 1984, and backlist print title sales, such asThe Polar Express andLife of Pi, which did not occur in the current period. Additionally, sales of General Interests front list titles were down from the prior year as the prior year benefited from successful front list titles such as Francona. While 2014 did have strong front list titles,The Giver movie tie-in title, along with favorable product return experience and New York Times number one best sellerWhat If, these titles could not offset the strength of the prior year titles.higher subrights income.

Our Trade Publishing segment net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013,2016 increased $13.7$0.7 million, or 8.7%0.4%, from $157.0$164.9 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $170.7$165.6 million. The increase was attributed to additionalin net sales fromwas driven by increased net sales of frontlist titlesThe Whole30, Tools for Titans, Property BrothersDream Home,and Food Freedom Forever. Partially offsetting the culinary product lineaforementioned was a decline in connection with our 2012 acquisition of certain assets as well as increases in the General Interest and Young Readers products.ebook net sales due to lower subscriptions.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $1.32017 increased $2.7 million, or 1.1%2.2%, from $119.5$120.8 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $118.3$123.5 million. The decrease is primarily related to decreasedApproximately $12.8 million of the increase was driven by higher sales volume, partially offset by $8.9 million of lower costs as our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percentage of net sales anddecreased to 62.6% from 67.5%. The decline in rate was due to a product mix partially driven by an increase in eBook sales. Further, the increase in our costs of sales was also slightly offset by $1.2 million of lower amortization expense of $1.4publishing rights andpre-publication amortization due to our use of accelerated amortization methods.

44


Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $0.7 million, or 0.5%, from $121.5 million for the same period in 2015 to $120.8 million. The decrease in cost of sales was driven by lower amortization expense of $1.1 million primarily related to publishing rights, which was lower due to our use of accelerated amortization methods. OurPartially offsetting the decrease was a $0.8 million increase in cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, of which $0.5 million is due to increased sales and $0.3 million is due to our cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization, as a percent of net sales increasedincreasing to 64.9%67.5% from 61.8%, resulting in an approximate $5.0 million of loss in profitability. The decrease in product profitability was the result of product mix and higher royalties. The decrease was offset by a $4.7 million lower cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization,67.3% primarily due to less volume.

Our Trade Publishing segment cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $10.3 million, or 9.5%, from $109.2 million for the same period in 2012, to $119.5 million. The increase is primarily related to increased sales and a change in the sales mix offset by lower amortization expense of $3.3 million related to publishing rights, which was lowerroyalty costs due to our use of accelerated amortization methods.product mix.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017 increased $2.9$5.1 million or 6.9%, from $42.2$48.2 million forin the same period in 2013,2016, to $45.1$53.3 million. The increase was primarily due to higher transportation costs associated with increased sales volume along with higher costs to support consumer products, partially offset by a reduction of internal and outside labor related costs and lower discretionary costs, all largely due to actions taken under the 2017 Restructuring Plan. Our Trade Publishing segment other intangible asset amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $2.3 million from the same period in 2016, which was related to higher promotional expenses and development coststhe amortization of $1.4 million.previously unamortized certain tradenames, due to a change in estimate of the useful lives during the fourth quarter of 2016.

Our Trade Publishing segment selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013,2016 increased $5.2$0.9 million, or 14.1%1.8%, from $37.0$47.4 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $42.2$48.2 million. The increase was primarily related to higher labor costs of $3.3 million, higher promotionalrent expense of $1.0 million and $0.7 million of higher variable expenses for transportation fees and commissions associated with the increased sales.new office space along with higher bad debt expense, partially offset by lower advertising, promotion expense and development costs.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $11.82017 improved $9.8 million, or 48.2%, from $24.4$6.3 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $12.7 million.$16.1 million in 2017. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments.costs. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 7.8%8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, which was downa favorable change from 14.3%3.8% for the same period in 2013,2016 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $1.4 million, from $7.7 million for the same period in 2015 to $6.3 million in 2016. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016, which decreased from 4.7% for the same period in 2015 due to the identified factors impacting net sales, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in segment adjusted EBITDA.

Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased $4.3 million, or 15.0%, from $28.8 million for the same period in 2012, to $24.4 million. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and purchase accounting adjustments. The purchase accounting adjustment pertains to the step-up of acquired assets in November 2012 and the impairment pertains to the write-down to fair value of a certain tradename imprint. Our Trade Publishing segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 14.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was down from 18.3% for the same period in 2012 due to the identified factors impacting, cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses after removing those items not included in segment adjusted EBITDA.

45


Corporate and Other

 

   2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 2012    2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015 
 Year Ended December 31, Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Years Ended December 31, Dollar
change
  Percent
change
  Dollar
change
  Percent
change
 
 2014 2013 2012  2017 2016 2015 

Net sales

 $—    $—    $—    $—    NM   $—    NM   $—    $—    $—    $—    NM  $—    NM 

Costs and expenses:

            

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

  —    3,000    —    (3,000 NM   3,000   NM  

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

  —     —     —     —    NM   —    NM 

Publishing rights amortization

  —     —     —     —    NM    —    NM    —     —     —     —    NM   —    NM 

Pre-publication amortization

  —     —     —     —     NM    —    NM    —     —     —     —    NM   —    NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 —    3,000   —    (3,000 NM   3,000   NM    —     —     —     —    NM   —    NM 

Selling and administrative

 71,986  86,099   57,965   (14,113 (16.4)%  28,134   48.5 81,218  105,884  99,284  (24,666 (23.3)%  6,600  6.6

Restructuring

 40,653   —     —    40,653  NM   —    NM 

Severance and other charges

 7,300  10,040   9,375   (2,740 (27.3)%  665   7.1 713  15,650  4,767  (14,937 (95.4)%  10,883  NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

$(79,286$(99,139$(67,340$(19,853 (20.0)% $31,799   47.2 $(122,584 $(121,534 $(104,051 $(1,050 (0.9)%  $(17,483 (16.8)% 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest expense

 (18,245 (21,344 (123,197 (3,099 (14.5)%  (101,853 (82.7)%  (42,805 (39,181 (32,254 (3,624 (9.2)%  (6,927 (21.5)% 

Interest income

 1,338  518  209  820  NM  309  NM 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (1,593) (252 1,688   (1,341 NM   (1,940 NM   1,366  (614 (2,362 1,980  NM  1,748  74.0

Loss on debt extinguishment

 —    (598 —    598   NM   (598 NM  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —     —    (3,051  —    NM  3,051  NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before taxes

 (99,124 (121,333 (188,849 22,209   18.3 67,516   (35.8)%  (162,685 (160,811 (141,509 (1,874 (1.2)%  (19,302 (13.6)% 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 6,242  2,347   (5,943 3,895   NM   8,290   NM  

Income tax (benefit) expense

 (50,435 (65,492 (19,640 15,057  NM  (45,852 NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

$(105,366$(123,680$(182,906$(18,314 (12.3)% $(59,226 (32.4)%  $(112,250 $(95,319 $(121,869 $(16,931 (17.8)%  $26,550  21.8
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjustments from net loss to Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

     

Interest expense

 18,245   21,344   123,197   (3,099 (14.52)%  (101,853 (82.7)%  $42,805  $39,181  $32,254  $3,624  9.2 $6,927  21.5

Provision for income taxes

 6,242   2,347   (5,943 3,895   NM   8,290   (139.4)% 

Interest income

 (1,338 (518 (209 (820 NM  (309 NM 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 (50,435 (65,492 (19,640 15,057  NM  (45,852 NM 

Depreciation expense

 7,834   7,299   8,070   535   7.3 (771 (9.6)%  21,901  21,324  14,588  577  2.7 6,736  46.2

Non-cash charges—(gain) loss on derivative instruments

 1,593   252   (1,688 1,341   NM   1,940   (114.9)% 

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

 11,376   9,524   4,227   1,852   19.4 5,297   125.3

Non-cash charges—loss on derivative instruments

 (1,366 614  2,362  (1,980 NM  (1,748 (74.0)% 

Non-cash charges—stock-compensation

 10,828  10,567  12,452  261  2.5 (1,885 (15.1)% 

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

 4,424   23,540   267   (19,116 (81.2)%  23,273   NM   1,464  1,123  25,562  341  30.4 (24,439 (95.6)% 

Restructuring

 2,577   3,123   6,716   (546 (17.5)%  (3,593 (53.5)% 

2017 Restructuring Plan

 40,653   —     —    40,653  NM   —    NM 

Restructuring/integration

  —    14,364  4,572  (14,364 NM  9,792  NM 

Severance separation costs and facility closures

 7,300   13,040   9,375   (5,740 (44.0)%  3,665   39.1 713  15,650  4,767  (14,937 (95.4)%  10,883  NM 

Debt extinguishment loss

 —    598   —    (598 NM   598   NM  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —     —    3,051   —    NM  (3,051 NM 

Legal (reimbursement) settlement

 (3,633 10,000   —    (13,633 NM  10,000  NM 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

$(45,775$(42,613$(38,685$(3,162 7.4$(3,928 10.2 $(50,658 $(48,506 $(42,110 $(2,152 (4.4)%  $(6,396 (15.2)% 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

46


NM= not meaningful

The Corporate and Other category represents certain general overhead costs not fully allocated to the business segments such as, but not limited to, legal, accounting, treasury, human resources, technology and executive functions.

Our cost of sales for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased $3.0 million. The decrease was attributed to a non-recurring $3.0 million inventory reserve associated with the closure of a warehouse in 2013, which from a segment perspective is considered Other.

Our cost of sales for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $3.0 million. The increase was attributed to a $3.0 million increase in inventory reserve associated with the closure of a warehouse, which from a segment perspective is considered Other.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017 decreased $14.1$24.7 million, or 16.4%23.3%, from $86.1$105.9 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to $72.0$81.2 million. The decrease was attributedprimarily due to legal settlement costs for permissions litigation of $10.0 million in 2016 and a subsequent insurance net reimbursement of $3.6 million which occurred in 2017, and lower travel and entertainment expenses. Further, there were lower restructuring/integration costs as 2016 had costs associated with integration of systems to support the 2015 acquisition, partially offsetting the decrease were higher annual incentive plan compensation costs in 2017 and costs under our 2017 Restructuring Plan. Our 2017 Restructuring Plan costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $40.7 million, which includes severance and termination benefits of $16.2 million, real estate consolidation costs of $7.9 million, implementation costs of $7.5 million and an impairment charge related to a $19.1 million decline in costs related to our initial public offering, along with acquisition related activity along with lower severance, facility closure,certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and restructuring costequipment of $6.3 million partially offset by higher legal, consulting and professional fees of $6.7 million and a $1.9 million increase in equity compensation charges due to additional equity award issuances.$9.1 million.

Our selling and administrative expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2013,2016 increased $28.1$6.6 million, or 48.5%6.6%, from $58.0$99.3 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to $86.1$105.9 million. The increase was attributedprimarily due to an increase of $6.7 million of higher depreciation as a result of our increased investment in our infrastructure in addition to higher labor costs and higher office lease cost due to the expiration of favorable office leases. The increase was partially offset by legal settlements and integration expenses amounting to $24.4 million in 2016, which were lower by $5.7 million from the $30.1 million of transaction expenses in the prior year related to equity, acquisition and integration activities.

Our interest expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $3.6 million, or 9.2%, from $39.2 million for the same period in 2016 to $42.8 million, primarily due to $4.1 million of net settlement payments on our interest rate derivative instruments during the current period, partially offset by the lower outstanding balance on our term loan facility.

Our interest expense for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $6.9 million, or 21.5%, to $39.2 million from $32.3 million for the same period in 2015, primarily as a result of the increase to our outstanding term loan credit facility from $243.1 million to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing of the EdTech acquisition in May 2015. Further, interest expense increased $1.2 million in 2016 due to our interest rate derivative contracts.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $0.8 million from $0.5 million for the same period in 2016 to $1.3 million, primarily due to increases in interest rates on our investments.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $0.3 million, from $0.2 million for the same period in 2015 to $0.5 million, primarily as a result of the increased investment in money market accounts and short term investments.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2017 favorably changed by $2.0 million from a loss of $0.6 million for the same period in 2016 to a $5.3gain of $1.4 million increase in equity compensation charges,2017. The change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to foreign exchange forward contracts executed on the Euro that were favorably impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar against the Euro.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2016 favorably changed by $1.7 million from an expense of $2.4 million in 2015 to an expense of $0.6 million in 2016. The loss on change in fair value of derivative instruments was related to unfavorable foreign exchange forward and option contracts

47


executed on the Euro that were favorably impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar against the Euro. Although a similar instance existed in the prior year, the change of the U.S dollar against the Euro was greater than the current year based on the timing of the execution of the derivative instruments.

Our loss on extinguishment of debt for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of a $2.2 million write off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous term loan credit facility accounted for as an extinguishment. Further, there was a $0.9 million write off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of our previous revolving credit facility which was also accounted for as an extinguishment.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased $15.1 million from a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016 to a benefit of $50.4 million in 2017. The 2017 income tax benefit was primarily related to the effects of new tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017. As a result of the effects of new tax legislation, the Company recognized a $31.5 million benefit related to the remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite-lived intangible assets to reflect the change in U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and a $23.3$40.4 million increase which pertained to costsbenefit related to our initial public offering, alongthe release of valuation allowance due to the Company’s ability to utilize indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities as a source of future taxable income in the Company’s assessment of its realization of deferred tax assets. This is a result of the U.S. tax law change that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings. The income tax benefit recognized from the effects of U.S. tax reform was partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with acquisitiontax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily related activity. Partially offsettingto a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the increasedeferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and state and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective tax rate was 32.8% and 18.7% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $45.9 million from a benefit of $19.6 million for the same period in selling2015 to a benefit of $65.5 million in 2016. The 2016 income tax benefit was primarily related to a change from indefinite-lived intangibles to definite-lived, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and administrative costsstate and foreign taxes. The income tax benefit of $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.8primarily related to a $34.9 million release of lower depreciationan accrual for uncertain tax positions due to the lapsing of the statute, partially offset by movement in the deferred tax liability associated with tax amortization on indefinite-lived intangibles, and a $2.7 million gainstate and foreign taxes. For both periods, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain discrete tax items including the accrual of potential interest and penalties on an asset sale.uncertain tax positions. Including the tax effects of these discrete tax items, the effective tax rate was 18.7% and 12.8% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $3.22017 changed unfavorably by $2.2 million, or 7.4%4.4%, from a loss of $42.6$48.5 million for the same period in 2013,2016 to a loss of $45.8$50.7 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category excludes interest, taxes, depreciation, derivative instruments charges, equity compensation charges, initial public offeringacquisition-related activity, restructuring costs, acquisition related activity, restructuringintegration costs, severance and facility costs.vacant space costs, and legal settlement charges/reimbursements. The decreaseunfavorable change in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the factors described above after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category.

Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased $3.92016 changed unfavorably by $6.4 million, or 10.2%15.2%, from a loss of $38.7$42.1 million for the same period in 2012,2015 to a loss of $42.6

48


$48.5 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category excludes depreciation, equity compensation charges, initial public offering costs, acquisition related activity, restructuring costs, severance and facility costs. The increaseunfavorable change in our Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category was due to the factors described above after removing those items not included in Adjusted EBITDA for the Corporate and Other category.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

In the K-12 market, we typically receive payments for products and services from individual school districts, and, to a lesser extent, individual schools and states. In the Trade Publishing markets, payment is received for products and services from book distributors and retail booksellers. In the case of testing and assessment products and services, payment is received from the individually contracted parties.

Approximately 88%87% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 20142017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three completed fiscal years, approximately 67% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical, with some years offering more sales opportunities than others.others in light of the state adoption calendar. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.

49


The following table is indicative of the seasonality of our business and the related results:

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

(in thousands) First
Quarter
2013
  Second
Quarter
2013
  Third
Quarter
2013
  Fourth
Quarter
2013
  First
Quarter
2014
  Second
Quarter
2014
  Third
Quarter
2014
  Fourth
Quarter
2014
 

Education segment

 $126,827   $323,733   $504,585   $252,763   $121,874   $364,618   $504,724   $217,926  

Trade Publishing segment

  39,767    39,218    45,605    46,114    32,059    37,272    46,284    47,559  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

 166,594   362,951   550,190   298,877   153,933   401,890   551,008   265,485  

Costs and expenses:

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

 87,060   158,756   214,750   124,493   92,648   166,796   205,395   123,887  

Publishing rights amortization

 39,450   33,137   33,501   33,500   30,751   24,776   25,048   25,049  

Pre-publication amortization

 26,157   30,496   31,815   33,247   28,974   32,063   33,463   35,193  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 152,667   222,389   280,066   191,240   152,373   223,635   263,906   184,129  

Selling and administrative

 130,236   133,467   156,592   160,592   137,010   152,283   167,741   155,501  

Other intangible asset amortization

 10,752   2,681   2,654   2,881   2,945   3,007   3,029   3,189  

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 —    8,500   —    500   —    1,279   —    400  

Severance and other charges

 1,928   1,553   3,343   3,216   1,757   3,362   181   2,000  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 (128,989 (5,639 107,535   (59,552 (140,152 18,324   116,151   (79,734
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

Interest expense

 (5,907 (5,678 (5,041 (4,718 (4,297 (4,395 (4,662 (4,891

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (530 51   250   (23 (103 (205 (1,252 (33

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 —    (598 —    —    —    —    —    —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 (135,426 (11,864 102,744   (64,293 (144,552 13,724   110,237   (84,658

Income tax expense (benefit)

 1,955   2,402   (2,368 358   1,783   2,176   3,207   (924
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$(137,381$(14,266$105,112  $(64,651$(146,335$11,548  $107,030  $(83,734
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the first quarter of 2014, we recorded an out-of-period correction of approximately $1.1 million reducing net sales and increasing deferred revenue that should have been deferred previously. In addition, during the first quarter of 2014, we recorded approximately $3.5 million of incremental expense, primarily commissions, related to the prior year. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on our debt covenant compliance. Management believes these out-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements and does not expect them to be material for the full fiscal year 2014. Additionally, we revised previously reported balance sheet amounts to severance and other charges of $7.3 million, which has been reclassified as long-term and to current deferred revenue of $5.2 million which has also been reclassified as long-term. The revision was not material to the reported consolidated balance sheet for any previously filed periods.
(in thousands) First
Quarter
2016
  Second
Quarter
2016
  Third
Quarter
2016
  Fourth
Quarter
2016
  First
Quarter
2017
  Second
Quarter
2017
  Third
Quarter
2017
  Fourth
Quarter
2017
 

Education segment

 $174,305  $353,384  $487,209  $192,172  $185,384  $350,607  $480,851  $206,129 

Trade Publishing segment

  31,511   38,658   45,812   49,634   36,533   42,444   51,189   54,374 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

  205,816   392,042   533,021   241,806   221,917   393,051   532,040   260,503 

Costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

  105,518   173,466   206,177   125,554   107,536   175,693   209,694   124,879 

Publishing rights amortization

  17,793   14,413   14,573   14,572   13,398   10,867   10,987   10,986 

Pre-publication amortization

  28,281   31,315   33,903   36,744   27,577   29,758   33,757   34,946 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cost of sales

  151,592   219,194   254,653   176,870   148,511   216,318   254,438   170,811 

Selling and administrative

  168,675   184,479   185,252   161,138   156,352   166,165   178,104   154,239 

Other intangible asset amortization

  6,176   5,968   5,980   8,626   8,076   8,128   7,248   7,296 

Impairment charge for intangible assets

  —     —     —     139,205   —     —     —     3,980 

Restructuring

  —     —     —     —     3,875   33,393   1,768   1,617 

Severance and other charges

  1,577   3,553   3,765   6,755   1,206   213   272   (978
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  (122,204  (21,152  83,371   (250,788  (96,103  (31,166  90,210   (76,462
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest expense

  (9,487  (9,466  (9,550  (10,678  (10,453  (10,547  (10,980  (10,825

Interest income

  154   64   57   243   245   115   281   697 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

  784   (619  257   (1,036  45   851   377   93 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

  (130,753  (31,173  74,135   (262,259  (106,266  (40,747  79,888   (86,497

Income tax expense (benefit)

  34,395   (2,782  (15,887  (81,218  14,392   6,120   (10,618  (60,329
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 $(165,148 $(28,391 $90,022  $(181,041 $(120,658 $(46,867 $90,506  $(26,168
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an out-of-period correction of approximately $5.7 million of additional net sales that was deferred and should have been recognized previously in 2011 ($4.5 million), 2012 ($0.9 million), and the first nine months of 2013 ($0.3 million). In addition, during 2013, we recorded approximately $2.6 million of incremental expense related to prior years. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on cash or debt covenants compliance. Management believes these out-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements.

50

The fourth quarter of 2013 was positively impacted by an agreement with a reseller for product sales in private, parochial, and charter school markets.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

  December 31,   December 31, 
(in thousands)  2014   2013   2012   2017   2016   2015 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $456,581    $313,628    $329,078    $148,979   $226,102   $234,257 

Short-term investments

   286,764     111,721     146,041     86,449    80,841    198,146 

Current portion of long-term debt

   67,500     2,500     2,500     8,000    8,000    8,000 

Long-term debt

   175,625     243,125     245,625  

Long-term debt, net of discount

   760,194    764,738    769,283 
      
  Years ended December 31, 
  2017   2016   2015 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $135,130   $143,751   $348,359 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (204,923   (113,946   (676,787

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (7,330   (37,960   106,104 

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $135.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a $8.6 million decrease from the $143.8 million of net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from 2016 to 2017 was primarily driven by unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $65.4 million offset by more profitable operations, net ofnon-cash items, of $56.8 million. The unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to unfavorable changes in deferred revenue of $52.9 due to lower billings of Core Solutions products, which typically carry a high deferral rate, unfavorable changes in accounts receivable of $25.2 million due to timing of collections and fourth quarter net sales, and unfavorable changes in pension and post-retirement benefits of $10.6 million, offset by favorable changes in accounts payable and royalties of $16.5 million and $11.0 million, respectively, due to timing of payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $143.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a $204.6 million decrease from the $348.4 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from 2015 to 2016 was primarily driven by less profitable operations, net ofnon-cash items, of $136.2 million, attributed largely to lower sales and higher selling and administrative expenses, along with unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $68.4 million. The unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to lower deferred revenue of $86.8 million attributed to greater recognition of revenue attributed to product mix when compared to the prior year period along with lower billings in 2016, unfavorable changes in accounts payable of $36.8 million and in royalties of $19.0 million due to timing of payments, and unfavorable changes in inventory of $17.2 million as the reduction in inventory was due to better inventory management and was not as large as the prior year. These unfavorable changes were partially offset by favorable changes primarily due to a reversal of a $74.3 million accrual related to uncertain tax positions as the statutory period expired in the prior period, favorable changes in accounts receivable of $9.3 million due to lower fourth quarter sales and net favorable changes in other assets and liabilities of $7.8 million due to timing of disbursements.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $204.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $91.0 million from the $113.9 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in investing activities was primarily due to lower net proceeds from short-term investments of $122.2 million compared to 2016 along with $15.1 million of higherpre-publication costs in advance of 2018 adoptions. Partially offsetting, capital investing expenditures related to property, plant, and equipment decreased by $47.3 million, primarily due to lower spend on leasehold improvements related to various office moves and technology infrastructure.

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2014   2013   2012 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $491,043    $157,203    $104,802  

On June 22, 2012, our creditors converted51


Net cash used in investing activities was $113.9 million for the First Lien Credit Agreement consistingyear ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $562.8 million from the $676.8 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in investing activities was primarily due to the acquisition of the Term LoanEdTech business in May 2015, and by higher net proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments of $28.5 million compared to 2015. Offsetting the decrease, capital investing expenditures related topre-publication costs and property, plant and equipment increased by $42.9 million, due to capital spend pertaining to the EdTech business, and increased spend on leasehold improvements related to various office moves, technology infrastructure and timing of spend.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $30.6 million from the $38.0 million of net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to there being no share repurchases in 2017 under our share repurchase program for our common stock, compared to $55.0 million of share repurchases in 2016, partially offset by $24.0 million less proceeds related to stock option exercises during 2017 compared to 2016.

Net cash used in financing activities was $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $144.1 million from the $106.1 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the prior period benefiting from net proceeds of $796.0 million from our term loan facility partially offset by an increase in principal payments on our previously existing term loan of $243.1 million in connection with an aggregate outstanding principal balancethe acquisition of $2.6 billionthe EdTech business in May 2015. Further, we incurred $15.3 million in the prior period for deferred financing fees related to the closing of the term loan facility and the Revolving Loanamendment to the revolving credit facility. In 2016, we made $8.0 million of principal payments under our term loan facility compared with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8$4.0 million andin 2015. Offsetting the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Notes to 100 percent pro rata ownership ofaforementioned, our share repurchases under our share repurchase program for our common stock.stock were $408.0 million less during 2016 compared to the prior period. Also, we received $11.6 million of less proceeds during 2016 related to stock option exercises partially offset by proceeds received of $2.2 million related to our employee stock purchase program.

On May 22, 2012, we entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility, which was converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. As a result,Debt

Under both our existing senior secured credit facilities consist of a $250.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility and a $250.0 million term loan facility. The proceeds from the initial borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

Under both the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company are the borrowers (the(collectively, the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under ourthese senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect for profitfor-profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrower and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

BorrowingsTerm Loan Facility

In connection with our closing of the EdTech acquisition, we entered into an amended and restated term loan credit facility (the “term loan facility”) dated as of May 29, 2015 to, among other things, increase our

52


outstanding term loan credit facility to $800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $780.0 million ($768.2 million, net of discount and issuance costs) outstanding under the term loan facility are payable in equal quarterly amounts totaling 1.0% per annum of the original term loan facility amount prior to the maturity date of the term loan facility, with the remaining unpaid balance due and payable at maturity. No amortization payments are required with respect to the revolving credit facility.

The revolving credit facility is available based on a borrowing base comprised of eligible inventory and eligible receivables. Up to $40.0 million of the revolving credit facility is available for issuances of letters of credit. The amount of any outstanding letters of credit reduce availability under the revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis.

The revolving credit facility has a term of five years and the interest rate for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is based on, at the Borrowers’ election, LIBOR or an alternate base rate, plus in each case a margin that is determined based on average daily availability. The term loan facility has asix-year term of six years and thematures on May 29, 2021. The interest rate forapplicable to borrowings under the term loan facility is based, on, at the Borrowers’our election, on LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum3.0% or the alternatean alternative base rate plus 2.25%. Theapplicable margins. LIBOR rate under the term loan facility is subject to a minimum “floor”floor of 1.00%.1.0%, with the length of the LIBOR contracts ranging up to six months at the option of the Company. As of December 31, 2014,2017, the interest rate of the term loan facility was 4.25%4.6%. As

The term loan facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium. The term loan facility is required to be repaid in quarterly installments of December 31, 2014,$2.0 million.

The term loan facility does not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. We are currently required to meet certain incurrence based financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility.

The term loan facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The term loan facility is subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the term loan facility.

We are subject to an excess cash flow provision under the term loan facility which is predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow. We were not required to make a payment under the excess cash flow provision in 2017 and 2016.

Revolving Credit Facility

On July 22, 2015, we had approximately $243.1 million outstanding underentered into an amended and restated revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”) to, among other things, reduce the pricing, extend the maturity, conform certain terms to those of our term loan facility and no amounts outstanding under ourto provide greater availability and operational flexibility. The revolving credit facility. We had approximately $220.0facility provides borrowing availability in an amount equal to the lesser of $250.0 million and a borrowing base that is computed monthly or weekly as the case may be and comprised of the Borrowers’ and certain Guarantors’ eligible inventory and receivables.

The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $50.0 million, a swingline subfacility of $20.0 million and the option to expand the facility by up to $100.0 million in the aggregate under certain specified conditions. The amount of any outstanding letters of credit reduces borrowing availability under ourthe revolving credit facility andon adollar-for-dollar basis. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $20.2$25.2 million of outstanding letters of credit and approximately $135.3 million of borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility. No loans have been drawn on the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2014.February 22, 2018.

On January 15, 2014, we amended our term loan facility to, among other things, reduce the interest rates applicable to the loans under the term loan facility. As a result of the amendment, interest rates for loans under the term loan facility are (i) the alternate base rate plus 2.25% per annum, a reduction from the alternate base rate plus 3.25% in effect prior to the amendment, and (ii) LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum, a reduction from LIBOR plus 4.25% in effect prior to the amendment.

The term loan facility contains financial covenants based on a defined EBITDA calculation requiring the Company, on a consolidated basis, to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage ratio and a certain maximum leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio is now 9.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters through maturity. The maximum leverage ratio is now 2.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters through maturity. The revolving credit facility containshas a five year term and matures on July 22, 2020. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the facility is based, at our election, on LIBOR plus 1.75% or an alternative base rate plus 0.75%; such applicable margins may increase up to 2.25% and 1.25%, respectively, based on average daily availability. The revolving credit facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium.

The revolving credit facility requires us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 on a trailing four-quarter basis for periods in which is tested ifexcess availability under the facility is less than the greater of $31.25$25.0 million and 15%12.5% of the lesser of the total commitment and the borrowing base then in effect, or less than $20.0 million if certain conditions are met. We were in compliance with each of these covenants in the term loan facility as of December 31, 2014, and theThe minimum fixed charge coverage ratio was not applicable under the facility as of December 31, 2017, due to our level of borrowing availability.

53


The revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit facilities also containfacility is subject to usual and customary restrictiveconditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including limitationsrestrictions on incurrenceadditional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of indebtedness, incurrence of liens,our stock, transactions with affiliates mergers, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions and investments.

Additionally, we arematters. The revolving credit facility is subject to Excess Cash Flow provisions under the term loan facility which are predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow. As of December 31, 2014, we are required to pay approximately $65.0 million under this provision. Accordingly, this amount has been classified in our current portion of long-term debt.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default. If an event of default subject to applicable grace periods, including for nonpaymentoccurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants, incorrectness of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross default to material indebtedness, material monetary judgments, ERISA defaults, insolvency, actual or asserted invalidity of loan documents or material security and change of control.certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

General

We had $456.6$149.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and $286.8$86.4 million of short-term investments as ofat December 31, 2014.2017. We had $313.6$226.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $111.7$80.8 million of short-term investments as ofat December 31, 2013.2016.

We expect our net cash provided by operations combined with our cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our revolving credit facility to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, capital spending, debt service requirements and working capital requirements over at least the next twelve months.

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $491.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a $333.8 million increase from the $157.2 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in cash provided by operating activities from 2013 to 2014 was primarily driven by favorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $354.4 million. These changes were primarily due to favorable changes in deferred revenue of $228.4 million attributed to increased billings and change in product mix, favorable changes in accounts receivable of $153.5 million, favorable changes in royalties of $7.4 million, partially offset by unfavorable changes in inventories and accounts payable of $17.2 million and $4.5 million, respectively, and unfavorable net changes in other operating assets and liabilities of $13.2 million. Further, the increase was partially offset by less profitable operations, net of non-cash charges, of $20.6 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $157.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a $52.4 million increase from the $104.8 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash provided by operating activities from 2012 to 2013 was primarily driven by lower interest of $101.9 million, a direct result of the substantial reduction in debt related to our Chapter 11 reorganization, offset by $22.1 million of less profitable operations, and by unfavorable net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $27.4 million. These changes were primarily as a result of unfavorable changes in accounts receivable of $113.9 million due to timing, unfavorable changes in inventory of $29.1 million and in other assets and liabilities of $0.1 million partially offset by favorable changes in deferred revenue of $55.3 million, as deferred revenue declined in 2012 as a result of the lower adoption market, which is the primary driver of deferred revenue, and accounts payable of $45.7 million due to the timing of payments, and favorable changes in severance of $14.7 million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $367.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $199.0 million from the $168.6 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in cash investing expenditures is primarily attributed to a $209.2 million increase in net purchases of short-term investments attributed to the 2014 cash generation. Further, there was a decrease in proceeds from sale of assets of $4.8 million for 2013 activity that did not occur in 2014. The overall increase in net cash used in investing activities was offset by a decrease in acquisition of business activity expenditures of $9.6 million and $3.9 million in pre-publication costs and property, plant and equipment, due to improvements in capital allocation management.

Net cash used in investing activities was $168.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $127.4 million from the $296.0 million used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in cash investing expenditures is primarily attributed to an increase in net proceeds of $179.3 million from short-term investment activity, offset by a $21.1 million increase in additions to pre-publication costs and property, plant and equipment, primarily platforms. Although a portion of the increase is attributed to timing, there is a portion of the increase due to incremental spending as we prepare programs for an increase in upcoming adoptions over the next couple of years.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $23.6 million from the $4.1 million of net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to proceeds from stock option exercises of $22.7 million, partially offset by tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units of $0.7 million. Further, in 2013, there were $1.6 million of contingent consideration payments related to prior year acquisitions that did not occur in 2014.

Net cash used in financing activities was $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $110.7 million from the $106.7 million net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012. We paid $2.5 million of principal payments in 2013 for our outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility during 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we received proceeds of $250.0 million in connection with the initial borrowings under our term-loan facility. This amount was partially offset by our Chapter 11 reorganization costs and principal payments of long term debt of $12.7 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On anon-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, book returns, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, financial instruments, depreciation and amortization periods, recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment, capitalizedpre-publication costs, other identified intangibles, goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, litigation and purchase accounting. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. For a complete description of our significant accounting policies, see Note 32 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The following policies and account descriptions include those identified as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized only once persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of products or services has occurred, title and risk of loss with respect to products have transferred to the customer, all significant obligations, if any, have been performed, and collection is probable.reasonably assured.

We enter into certain contractual arrangements that have multiple elements, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements. These multiple-deliverable arrangements may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangement based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables. In such circumstances, we first determine the selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimate of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists. Revenue is then allocated to thenon-software deliverables

54


as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the selling price hierarchy.Non-software deliverables include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate to software deliverables. Software deliverables include software licenses, software maintenance and support services, professional services and training when those services relate to software deliverables.

For thenon-software deliverables, we determine the revenue for each deliverable based on its relative selling price in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is

recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted interactive content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized.recognized in instances where VSOE has not been established for an element sold in the arrangement.

Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocated to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, with the residual amount of the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience.experience by product line or customer.

Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

As discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 2018, we will be accounting for revenue under the FASB’s new revenue recognition standard.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivableand Reserves for Book Returns

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for book returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging, and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables.and specific facts and circumstances. Reserves for book returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns. We determine the required reserves by segregating our returns into the applicable product or sales channel pools. Returns in theK-12 market have been historically low. We have experienced higher returns with respect to sales to resellers, international sales and Trade Publishing sales, which all result in a greater degree of risk and subjectivity when establishing the appropriate level of reserves for this customer base. At the time we determine that a receivable balance, or any portion thereof, is deemed to be permanently uncollectible, the balance is written off. The allowance for doubtful accounts and reserve for returns are reported as reductions of the accounts receivable balance and amounted to $5.6$2.6 million and $5.1$21.0 million, and $22.2$3.6 million and $35.5$19.0 million as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.

55


Inventories

Inventories are substantially stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title level-basistitle-level basis by comparing the number of units in stock with the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, the previous years’ sales history, the subsequent year’s sales forecast, known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs. A change in sales trends could affect the estimated reserve. The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the inventories balance and amounted to $59.0$48.3 million and $60.6$53.6 million as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.

Pre-publication Costs

Pre-publication costs are capitalized and are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33%

(year (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). We utilize this policy for allpre-publication costs, except with respect to our Trade Publishing young readers and general interest books, for which we expense such costs as incurred, and our assessment products, for which we use the straight-line amortization method. Additionally,pre-publication costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of the EdTech business are amortized over 7 years on a projected sales pattern. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodicallyOn a quarterly basis, we evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related topre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 were $129.7$126.0 million, $121.7$130.2 million and $137.7$120.5 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 million related to assets that had no future value. For the years ended December, 31, 2016 and 2015, nopre-publication costs were deemed to be impaired. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, pre-publication costs of $1.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, were deemed to be impaired. The impairment was included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade names)tradenames) are not amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication of impairment exists. Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature, and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include net sales growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities.

We have the option of first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the currenttwo-step impairment test for goodwill or we can perform thetwo-step impairment test without performing the qualitative assessment. In performing the qualitative (Step 0) assessment, we consider certain events and circumstances specific to the reporting unit and to the entity as a whole, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and cost factors when evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

Recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles iscan also be evaluated using atwo-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is

56


required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. We estimate total fair value of eachthe Education reporting unit usingby preparing a discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking projections of the Education reporting units’ future operating results and makeby comparing the value of the Education reporting unit to the implied market value of selected peers. The significant assumptions regardingused in the discounted cash flow analysis include: future net sales and net sales growth, gross margins, other operating expenses, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows, the discounted rate used to present value future cash flows and the terminal value of the Education reporting unit. The discount rate is based on the weighted-average cost of capital method at the date of the evaluation. With regard to other intangibles with indefinite lives,indefinite-lived intangible assets, the recoverability is evaluated using aone-step process whereby we determine the fair value by asset, which is then compared to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.

Goodwill is allocated entirely toWe completed our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair valueannual goodwill impairment tests as of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature,October 1, 2017 and involves the use of significant estimates2016. In 2017 and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include net sales growth rates and operating margins2016, we used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economicincome and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities. Consistent with prior years, we used an income approachvaluation approaches to establish the fair value of the reporting unit as of October 1, 2014. As in prior years, weand used the most recent five year strategic plan as the initial basis of our analysis. We performed an interim quantitative evaluation as of December 31, 2017 related to our decreased market capitalization. The fair value of the Education reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value as of the evaluation dates. There was no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. We will continue to monitor and evaluate the carrying value of goodwill. If market and economic conditions or business performance deteriorate, this could increase the likelihood of us recording an impairment charge.

We completed our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assetassets impairment tests as of October 1, 2014, 2013,2017 and 2012 and2016. We recorded anon-cash impairment charge of $0.4$139.2 million $0.5 millionfor the year ended December 31, 2016. The impairment charge related to four specific tradenames within the Education segment in 2016 and $5.0 millionprimarily resulted from the strategic decision to market our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH name rather than legacy imprints and certain declining sales projections. No indefinite-lived intangible assets were deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013,2017 and 2012, respectively. The impairments principally related to two specific tradenames within the Trade Publishing segment in 2014 and 2013 and one specific tradename within the Education segment in 2012. The impairment charges resulted primarily from a decline in revenue from previously projected amounts as a result of the economic downturn and reduced educational spending by states and school districts.2015.

Royalty Advances

Royalty advances to authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of the sale of an author’s product and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience to estimate the likelihood of recovery. Advances are evaluated

periodically to determine if they are expected to be recovered. Any portion of a royalty advance that is not expected to be recovered is fully reserved. The reserve for royalty advances is reported as a reduction of the royalty advances to authors balance and amounted to $55.0$103.6 million and $41.2$85.5 million as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The fair value of each restricted stock and restricted stock unit was estimated at the date of the grant based upon the target value of the award and the current market price. The fair value of each market-based restricted stock unit was estimated at the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation, which requires management’s use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which also requires management’s use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. The use of different estimates and assumptions in the option pricing model could have a material impact on the estimated fair value of option grants and the related expense. Historically, as a private company, we lacked company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, weWe estimate our expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our publicly traded peer companies (including our

57


own) and expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our traded stock price. The expected life assumption is based on the simplified method for estimating expected term for awards. This option has been elected as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the option. The expected dividend yield is based on actual dividends paid or to be paid. We recognize stock-based compensation expense over the awards requisite service period on a straight-line basis for time based stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units and on a graded basis for restricted stock and restricted stock units that are contingent on the achievement of performance conditions. We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of stock based awards that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we have estimated expected forfeitures of stock based awards based on our historical forfeiture raterates and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

Income Taxes

We have accounted for the tax effects of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, on a provisional basis. Our accounting for certain income tax effects is incomplete, but we have determined reasonable estimates for those effects. Our reasonable estimates are included in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. We expect to complete our accounting during the one year measurement period from the enactment date. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further detail.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Although inflation is currentlyduring the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was well below levels in prior years and, has, therefore, benefited recent results, particularly in the area of manufacturing costs, there arewere offsetting costs. Our ability to adjust selling prices has always been limited by competitive factors and long-term contractual arrangements which either prohibit price increases or limit the amount by which prices may be increased. Further, a weak domestic economy at a time of low inflation could cause lower tax receipts at the state and local level, and the funding and buying patterns for textbooks and other educational materials could be adversely affected. Prices for paper moderated during the last three years.

The most significant assets affected by inflation includepre-publication, other property, plant and equipment and inventories. We use the weighted average cost method to value substantially all inventory. We have negotiated favorable pricing through contractual agreements with our two top print and sourcing vendors, and from our other major vendors, which has helped to stabilize our unit costs, and therefore our cost of inventories sold. Our publishing business requires a high level of investment inpre-publication for our educational and reference works, and in other property, plant and equipment. We expect to continue to commit funds to the publishing areas through both internal growth and acquisitions. We believe that by continuing to emphasize cost controls, technological improvements and quality control, we can continue to moderate the impact of inflation on our operating results and financial position.

Covenant Compliance

As of December 31, 2014,2017, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

We are currently required to meet certain restrictiveincurrence based financial covenants as defined under our term loan facility and revolving credit facility. We have incurrence based financial covenants primarily pertaining to interest coverage anda maximum leverage ratios.ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, and liquidity. A breach of any of these covenants, ratios, tests or restrictions, as applicable, for which a waiver is not obtained could result in an event of default, in which case our lenders could elect to declare

all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and result in a cross-default under other arrangements containing such provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate

58


the maturity for the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt owed to these lenders and to terminate any commitments of these lenders to lend to us. If the lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the indebtedness and any other indebtedness that would become due as a result of any acceleration. Further, in such an event, the lenders would not be required to make further loans to us, and assuming similar facilities were not established and we are unable to obtain replacement financing, it would materially affect our liquidity and results of operations.

Additionally, we are subject to Excess Cash Flow provisions under the term loan facility which are predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow. As of December 31, 2014, we are required to pay approximately $65.0 million under this provision. Accordingly, we have classified this amount in our current portion of long-term debt.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our estimated commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2014:2017:

 

Contractual Obligations

  Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
   Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years 3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Term loan facility due May 2018 (1)

  $243,125    $67,500    $5,000    $170,625    $—   

Interest payable on term loan facility due May 2018 (2)

   35,327     10,479     20,634     4,214     —   

Capital leases

   3,813     2,408     1,405     —      —   

Term loan facility due May 29, 2021 (1)

  $780,000   $8,000   $16,000  $756,000   $—   

Interest payable on term loan facility due May 29, 2021 (2)

   134,523    37,567    80,303  16,653    —   

Payments on derivative instruments

   1,305    1,483    (178  —      —   

Operating leases (3)

   158,762     42,547     55,832     26,783     33,600     369,934    38,854    65,460  56,135    209,485 

Purchase obligations (4)

   89,029     53,160     32,425     2,096     1,348     48,609    30,854    16,183  1,522    50 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total cash contractual obligations

$530,056  $176,094  $115,296  $203,718  $34,948    $1,334,371   $116,758   $177,768  $830,310   $209,535 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The term loan facility amortizes at a rate of 1%1.0% per annum of the original $250.0$800.0 million amount.
(2)As of December 31, 2014,2017, the interest rate was 4.25%4.6%.
(3)Represents minimum lease payments undernon-cancelable operating leases.
(4)Purchase obligations are agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding. These goods and services consist primarily of author advances, subcontractor expenses, information technology licenses, and outsourcing arrangements.

In addition to the payments described above, we have employee benefit obligations that require future payments. For example, we have made $13.9 million in cash contributions to our pension and postretirement benefit plans in 2014 and expect to make another $8.8$1.6 million of contributions in 20152018 relating to our pension and postretirement benefit plans although we are not obligated to do so.plans. We expect to periodically draw and repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. We believe that we will be able to meet our cash interest obligations on our outstanding debt when they are due and payable.

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementArrangements

We have nooff-balance sheet arrangements.

59


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments are utilized to hedge economic exposures as well as reduce our earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from shifts in market rates. As permitted, we may designate certain of these derivative contracts for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with authoritative guidance regarding accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. However, certain of these instruments may not qualify for, or we may choose not to elect, hedge accounting treatment and, accordingly, the results of our operations may be exposed to some level of volatility. Volatility in our results of operations will vary with the type and amount of derivative hedges outstanding, as well as fluctuations in the currency and interest rate market during the period. Periodically, we may enter into derivative contracts, including interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and collars to manage interest rate exposures, and foreign currency spot, forward, swap and option contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. The fair market values of all of these derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency rates and are designed so that any changes in their values are offset by changes in the values of the underlying exposures. Derivative financial instruments are held solely as risk management tools and not for trading or speculative purposes.

By their nature, all derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of market and credit risk not recognized in our financial statements. The market risk associated with these instruments resulting from currency exchange and interest rate movements is expected to offset the market risk of the underlying transactions, assets and liabilities being hedged. Our policy is to deal with counterparties having a single A or better credit rating at the time of the execution. We manage creditour exposure to counterparty risk through the continuousof derivative instruments by entering into contracts with a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring of exposures to such counterparties.outstanding positions.

We continue to review liquidity sufficiency by performing various stress test scenarios, such as cash flow forecasting which considers hypothetical interest rate movements. Furthermore, we continue to closely monitor current events and the financial institutions that support our credit facility, including monitoring their credit ratings and outlooks, credit default swap levels, capital raising and merger activity.

As of December 31, 2014,2017, we have $243.1had $780.0 million ($768.2 million, net of discount and issuance costs) of aggregate principal amount indebtedness outstanding under our term loan facility that bears interest at a variable rate. An increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense by approximately $2.4$7.8 million on an annual basis. We also have up to $250.0 million of borrowing availability, subject to borrowing base availability, under our revolving credit facility, and borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate. We havehad no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2014.2017. Assuming that the revolving credit facility is fully drawn, an increase or decrease of 1% in the interest rate will change our interest expense associated with the revolving credit facility by $2.5 million on an annual basis.

Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings partially offset by U.S. dollar cash investments. We have historically used interest rate derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow exposure to changes in interest rates. On August 17, 2015, we entered into interest rate derivative contracts with various financial institutions having an aggregate notional amount of $400.0 million to convert floating rate debt into fixed rate debt, which we designated as cash flow hedges, and for which we had $400.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2017. These contracts were effective beginning September 30, 2016 and mature on July 22, 2020.

We conduct various digital development activities in Ireland, and as such, our cash flows and costs are subject to fluctuations from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We manage our exposures to this market risk through the use of short-term foreign exchange forward and option contracts, when deemed appropriate, which were not significant as of December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013.2016. We do not enter into derivative transactions or use other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

60


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company:

In our opinion,Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, as listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Houghton Mifflin Harcourtthe Company and its subsidiaries atas of December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013, 2016,and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in2017in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014,2017, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated auditaudits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in 2014). accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financialconsolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the financialconsolidatedfinancial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessingconsolidatedfinancial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.presentation of the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

61


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 26, 201522, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.

62


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

  December 31, 
(in thousands of dollars, except share information)  December 31,
2014
 December 31,
2013
   2017 2016 

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $456,581   $313,628    $148,979  $226,102 

Short-term investments

   286,764   111,721     86,449  80,841 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts and book returns of $27.8 million and $40.6 million, respectively

   255,669   318,101  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for bad debts and book returns of $23.6 million and $22.5 million, respectively

   201,080  216,006 

Inventories

   183,961   182,194     154,644  162,415 

Deferred income taxes

   20,459   29,842  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

   18,665   16,130     29,947  20,356 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

 1,222,099   971,616     621,099  705,720 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 138,362   140,848     153,906  175,202 

Pre-publication costs, net

 236,995   269,488     324,897  314,784 

Royalty advances to authors, net of allowance of $55.0 million and $41.2 million, respectively

 46,777   46,881  

Royalty advances to authors, net

   46,469  43,977 

Goodwill

 532,921   531,786     783,073  783,073 

Other intangible assets, net

 801,969   919,994     610,663  685,649 

Deferred income taxes

 3,705   —      3,593  3,458 

Other assets

 28,279   29,773     19,891  19,608 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total assets

$3,011,107  $2,910,386    $2,563,591  $2,731,471 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities

   

Current portion of long-term debt

$67,500  $2,500    $8,000  $8,000 

Accounts payable

 51,266   105,012     61,502  76,181 

Royalties payable

 80,089   65,387     72,992  72,233 

Salaries, wages, and commissions payable

 59,733   29,945     54,970  41,289 

Deferred revenue

 157,016   107,905     275,111  272,828 

Interest payable

 47   55     322  193 

Severance and other charges

 5,928   8,184     6,926  8,863 

Accrued postretirement benefits

 2,037   2,141     1,618  1,928 

Other liabilities

 27,015   32,002     22,788  23,635 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

 450,631   353,131     504,229  505,150 

Long-term debt

 175,625   243,125  

Royalties payable

 —    1,520  

Long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs

   760,194  764,738 

Long-term deferred revenue

 370,103   189,258     419,096  436,627 

Accrued pension benefits

 18,525   24,405     24,133  28,956 

Accrued postretirement benefits

 26,500   23,860     20,285  22,084 

Deferred income taxes

 112,220   116,999     22,269  71,381 

Other liabilities

 97,823   107,812     18,192  22,495 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

 1,251,427   1,060,110     1,768,398  1,851,431 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

   

Stockholders’ equity

   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013

 —    —   

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 380,000,000 shares authorized; 142,000,019 and 140,044,400 shares issued at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; and 141,917,997 and 139,962,378 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 1,420   1,400  

Treasury stock, 82,022 shares as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 —    —   

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.01 par value: 380,000,000 shares authorized; 147,911,466 and 147,556,804 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; 123,334,432 and 122,979,770 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

   1,479  1,475 

Treasury stock, 24,577,034 shares as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, at cost (related parties of $193,493 at 2017 and 2016)

   (518,030 (518,030

Capital in excess of par value

 4,784,962   4,750,589     4,879,793  4,868,230 

Accumulated deficit

 (2,999,913 (2,888,422   (3,521,527 (3,418,340

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 (26,789 (13,291   (46,522 (53,295
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 1,759,680   1,850,276     795,193  880,040 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$3,011,107  $2,910,386    $2,563,591  $2,731,471 
  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

63


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)  Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31, 
2014 2013 2012  2017 2016 2015 

Net sales

  $1,372,316   $1,378,612   $1,285,641    $1,407,511  $1,372,685  $1,416,059 

Costs and expenses

        

Cost of sales, excluding pre-publication and publishing rights amortization

   588,726   585,059   515,948  

Cost of sales, excluding publishing rights andpre-publication amortization

   617,802  610,715  622,668 

Publishing rights amortization

   105,624   139,588   177,747     46,238  61,351  81,007 

Pre-publication amortization

   129,693   121,715   137,729     126,038  130,243  120,506 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cost of sales

 824,043   846,362   831,424     790,078  802,309  824,181 

Selling and administrative

 612,535   580,887   533,462  

Selling and administrative (related parties of $10,489 in 2015—Note 14)

   654,860  699,544  681,124 

Other intangible asset amortization

 12,170   18,968   54,815     30,748  26,750  22,038 

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 1,679   9,000   8,003  

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

   3,980  139,205   —   

Restructuring

   40,653   —     —   

Severance and other charges

 7,300   10,040   9,375     713  15,650  4,767 

Gain on bargain purchase

 —    —    (30,751
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating loss

 (85,411 (86,645 (120,687   (113,521 (310,773 (116,051
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense

 (18,245 (21,344 (123,197   (42,805 (39,181 (32,254

Interest income

   1,338  518  209 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 (1,593 (252 1,688     1,366  (614 (2,362

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 —    (598 —      —     —    (3,051
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss before reorganization items and taxes

 (105,249 (108,839 (242,196

Reorganization items, net

 —    —    (149,114

Income tax expense (benefit)

 6,242   2,347   (5,943

Loss before taxes

   (153,622 (350,050 (153,509

Income tax (benefit) expense

   (50,435 (65,492 (19,640
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

$(111,491$(111,186$(87,139  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    

Basic

$(0.79$(0.79$(0.26  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted

$(0.79$(0.79$(0.26  $(0.84 $(2.32 $(0.98
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic

 140,594,689   139,928,650   340,918,128     122,949,064  122,418,474  136,760,107 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted

 140,594,689   139,928,650   340,918,128     122,949,064  122,418,474  136,760,107 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

 

  Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands of dollars)  2014 2013 2012   2017 2016 2015 

Net loss

  $(111,491 $(111,186 $(87,139  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (29 404   (465

Change in pension and benefit plan liability, net of tax expense of $4,977 and $85 for 2013 and 2012, respectively

   (13,380 7,846   2,378  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

   109  (1,220 (2,140

Net change in pension and benefit plan liabilities, net of tax

   1,734  (9,937 (7,100

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments, net of tax

   (89 (13 12     (18 57  (58

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments, net of tax

   4,948  (2,467 (3,641
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

 (13,498 8,237   1,925     6,773  (13,567 (12,939
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

$(124,989$(102,949$(85,214  $(96,414 $(298,125 $(146,808
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 Years Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands of dollars) 2014 2013 2012   2017 2016 2015 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Net loss

 $(111,491 $(111,186 $(87,139  $(103,187 $(284,558 $(133,869

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities

       

Gain on bargain purchase

  —     —    (30,751

Gain on sale of assets

  —    (2,720  —   

Depreciation and amortization expense

 319,777   341,979   428,422     278,518  298,169  296,609 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 4,750   4,797   24,584     4,181  4,181  7,216 

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

 899   (3,121 (10,076

Noncash stock-based compensation expense

 11,376   9,524   6,254  

Noncash issuance of warrants

  —     —    10,747  

Reorganization items

  —     —    (179,024

Deferred income taxes

   (49,247 (68,347 48,214 

Stock-based compensation expense

   10,828  10,567  12,452 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

  —    598    —      —     —    3,051 

Impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets

 1,679   9,000   8,003  

Impairment charge forpre-publication costs and intangible assets

   3,980  139,205   —   

Restructuring charges related to property, plant, and equipment

   10,167   —     —   

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 1,593   252   (1,688   1,366  614  2,362 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

       

Accounts receivable

 65,519   (88,029 25,826     14,926  40,094  30,808 

Inventories

 (1,763 15,419   44,549     7,771  9,031  26,228 

Other assets

   (10,548 6,673  (2,562

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 (3,432 1,076   (44,594   (7,149 (23,685 13,145 

Royalties, net

 13,286   5,851   9,478  

Royalties payable and author advances, net

   (1,733 (12,774 6,238 

Deferred revenue

 229,105   702   (54,615   (15,248 37,658  124,489 

Interest payable

 (8 (32 4,912     129  87  59 

Severance and other charges

 (5,210 (2,759 (17,460   221  4,315  (3,615

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

 (16,724 (15,057 (19,710   (6,932 3,675  (4,869

Other, net

 (18,313 (9,091 (12,916

Other liabilities

   (2,913 (21,154 (77,597
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 491,043   157,203   104,802     135,130  143,751  348,359 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Proceeds from restricted cash accounts

 —    —    26,495  

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

 134,275   251,168   19,575     80,690  197,724  286,732 

Purchases of short-term investments

 (310,149 (217,855 (165,603   (86,211 (81,086 (198,633

Additions to pre-publication costs

 (115,509 (126,718 (114,522   (139,108 (124,031 (103,709

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

 (67,145 (59,803 (50,943   (58,294 (105,553 (82,987

Proceeds from sale of assets

 —    4,825   —   

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 (9,091 (18,695 (11,000   —     —    (578,190

Acquisition of intangible asset

   (2,000  —     —   

Investment in preferred stock

 —    (1,500 —      —    (1,000  —   
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 (367,619 (168,578 (295,998

Net cash used in investing activities

   (204,923 (113,946 (676,787
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from term loan

 —    —    250,000  

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

   —     —    796,000 

Payments of long-term debt

 (2,500 (2,500 (12,750   (8,000 (8,000 (247,125

Tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units

 (723 —    —   

Payments of deferred financing fees

   —     —    (15,255

Repurchases of common stock (related parties of $193,493 in 2015)

   —    (55,017 (463,013

Tax withholding payments related to net share settlements of restricted stock units and awards

   (1,450 (1,672 (658

Proceeds from stock option exercises

 22,752   —    —      512  24,532  36,155 

Payments of deferred financing fees

 —    —    (26,586

Payment of capital restructuring costs

 —    —    (104,000

Payments of contingent consideration

 —    (1,575 —   

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

   1,608  2,197   —   
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 19,529   (4,075 106,664  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (7,330 (37,960 106,104 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 142,953   (15,450 (84,532

Cash and cash equivalents

Beginning of period

 313,628   329,078   413,610  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 142,953   (15,450 (84,532

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (77,123 (8,155 (222,324

Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period

   226,102  234,257  456,581 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

End of period

$456,581  $313,628  $329,078  

Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the period

  $148,979  $226,102  $234,257 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Interest paid

  $38,295  $34,884  $24,412 

Income taxes paid

$2,336  $1,220  $7,699     715  5,104  2,987 

Interest paid

 12,328   17,595   92,481  

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable (non cash)

 6,102   24,499   15,070  

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable (non cash)

 2,663   6,162   3,659  

Property, plant, and equipment acquired under capital leases (non cash)

 3,495   4,289   4,799  

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Pre-publication costs included in accounts payable

  $16,681  $14,397  $14,642 

Property, plant, and equipment included in accounts payable

   11,403  5,707  6,202 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired under capital leases

   —     —    1,356 

Amounts due from seller for acquisition

   —     —    2,884 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

   —     —    1,815 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

           Capital
in excess
of Par
Value
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    
                
(in thousands of dollars, except
share information)
 Common Stock  Treasury Stock     Total 
 Shares  Par Value      

Balance at December 31, 2011

  567,272,470   $567   $—    $2,038,431   $(2,690,097 $(23,453 $(674,552

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (87,139  —     (87,139

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax expense of $85

  —     —     —     —     —     1,925    1,925  

Issuance of common stock

  140,000,000    1,400    —     1,748,600    —     —     1,750,000  

Gain on debt-for-equity exchange, net of tax expense of $73,801

  (567,272,470  (567  —     937,033    —     —     936,466  

Issuance of warrants

  —     —     —     10,747    —     —     10,747  

Stock compensation

  —     —     —     6,254    —     —     6,254  

Addition of treasury stock, 82,022 shares

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  140,000,000   $1,400   $—    $4,741,065   $(2,777,236 $(21,528 $1,943,701  

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (111,186  —     (111,186

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax expense of $4,977

  —     —     —     —     —     8,237    8,237  

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units

  44,400    —     —     —     —     —     —   

Stock compensation

  —     —     —     9,524    —     —     9,524  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  140,044,400   $1,400   $—    $4,750,589   $(2,888,422 $(13,291 $1,850,276  

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (111,491  —     (111,491

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

  —     —     —     —     —     (13,498  (13,498

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units

  95,553    1    —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  1,860,066    19    —     23,721    —     —     23,740  

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units

  —     —     —     (723  —     —     (723

Stock compensation

  —     —     —     11,376    —     —     11,376  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  142,000,019   $1,420   $—    $4,784,962   $(2,999,913 $(26,789 $1,759,680  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(in thousands of dollars, except share
information)
 Common Stock  Treasury Stock  Capital
in excess
of Par
Value
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Total 
 Shares
Issued
  Par Value      

Balance at December 31, 2014

  142,000,019  $1,420  $—    $4,784,962  $(2,999,913 $(26,789 $1,759,680 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (133,869  —     (133,869

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     (12,939  (12,939

Issuance of common stock for exercise of warrants

  70,513   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units

  67,725   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  2,932,839   29   —     36,926   —     —     36,955 

Issuance of restricted stock

  542,882   5   —     (5  —     —     —   

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units

  —     —     —     (658  —     —     (658

Repurchases of common stock (related parties of $193,493)

  —     —     (463,013  —     —     —     (463,013

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     12,165   —     —     12,165 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  145,613,978   1,456   (463,013  4,833,388   (3,133,782  (39,728  1,198,321 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (284,558  —     (284,558

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     (13,567  (13,567

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  140,579   1   —     2,777   —     —     2,778 

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  102,151   1   —     (1  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  1,879,924   19   —     23,714   —     —     23,733 

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  —     —     —     (1,672  —     —     (1,672

Restricted stock forfeitures and cancellations

  (179,828  (2  —     2   —     —     —   

Repurchases of common stock

  —     —     (55,017  —     —     —     (55,017

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     10,022   —     —     10,022 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  147,556,804   1,475   (518,030  4,868,230   (3,418,340  (53,295  880,040 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     (103,187  —     (103,187

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —     —     —     —     —     6,773   6,773 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  176,749   2   —     2,130   —     —     2,132 

Issuance of common stock for vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  175,555   2   —     (2  —     —     —   

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options

  39,200   —     —     512   —     —     512 

Stock withheld to cover tax withholdings requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units and awards

  —     —     —     (1,450  —     —     (1,450

Restricted stock forfeitures and cancellations

  (36,842  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     10,373   —     —     10,373 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  147,911,466  $1,479  $(518,030 $4,879,793  $(3,521,527 $(46,522 $795,193 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

1.Basis of Presentation

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company formerly known as HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. (“HMH”, “Houghton Mifflin Harcourt”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company”), is a global learning company, specializing in educationworld-class content, services and cutting edge technology solutions that enable learning in a changing landscape. We provide dynamic, engaging, and effective solutions across a variety of media delivering content, services and technology toin three key focus areas: early learning, kindergarten through 12th grade(“K-12”) and beyond the classroom, reaching over 50 million students in overmore than 150 countries worldwide. We deliver

TheK-12 market is our offerings to both educational institutionsprimary market, and consumers around the world. Inin the United States, we are thea leading provider of Kindergarten through twelfth grade (K-12) educational content by market share. We believe that nearly every current K-12 student in the United States has utilizedSome of our content during the course of his or her education. As a result, we believe that we have an established reputation with studentscore educational offerings includeHMH Science Dimensions,Collections,GO! Math,Read 180 Universal, and educators that is difficult for others to replicate and positions us to also provide broader content and services to serve their learning needs beyond the classroom.Journeys. We believe our long-standing reputation and well-known brandstrusted brand enable us to capitalize on consumer and digital trends in the education market through our existing and developing channels.

Furthermore, since 1832,for nearly two centuries, we have published traderenowned and awarded children’s, fiction, nonfiction, culinary and reference materials, including adult and children’s fiction and non-fiction books that have won industry awards such astitles enjoyed by readers throughout the world. Our distinguished author list includes ten Nobel Prize winners, forty-eight Pulitzer Prize Newberywinners, and Caldecott medals andfifteen National Book Award winners. We are home to popular characters and titles such as Curious George, Carmen Sandiego,The Lord of the Rings, The Whole30,The Best American Series, the Peterson Field Guides, CliffsNotes, andThe Polar Express, and publisheddistinguished authors such as Philip Roth, Temple Grandin, Tim O’Brien, Amos Oz, Kwame Alexander, Lois Lowry, and Chris Van Allsburg.

We sell our products and services across multiple media and distribution channels. Leveraging our portfolio of content, including some of our best-known children’s brands and titles, such as Carmen Sandiego and Curious George, we have created interactive digital content, mobile applications and educational games that can be used by families at home or on the go.

Our digital products portfolio, combined with our content development or distribution agreements with recognized technology leaders such as Apple, Google, Intel and Microsoft, enable us to bring our next-generation educational solutions and content to learners across virtually all of which are widely known.platforms and devices. Additionally, we believe our technology and development capabilities allow us to enhance content engagement and effectiveness with embedded assessment, interactivity and personalized adaptable content as well as increased accessibility.

The consolidated December 31, 2014 and 2013 financial statements of HMH include the accounts of all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the periods ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 20132017, 2016 and December 31, 2012.2015.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

During the first quarter of 2014, we recorded an out-of-period correction of approximately $1.1 million reducing net sales and increasing deferred revenue that should have been deferred previously. In addition, during the first quarter of 2014, we recorded approximately $3.5 million of incremental expense, primarily commissions, related to the prior year. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on our debt covenant compliance. Management believes these out-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements. Additionally, we revised previously reported balance sheet amounts to severance and other charges of $7.3 million, which has been reclassified as long-term and to current deferred revenue of $5.2 million which has also been reclassified as long-term. The revision was not material to the reported consolidated balance sheet for any previously filed periods.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an out-of-period correction of approximately $5.7 million of additional net sales that was deferred and should have been recognized previouslyeliminated in 2011 ($4.5 million), 2012 ($0.9 million), and the first nine months of 2013 ($0.3 million). In addition, during 2013, we recorded approximately $2.6 million of incremental expense related to prior years. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on cash or debt covenants compliance. Management believes these out-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements.consolidation.

Seasonality and Comparability

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and operatingnet cash flowsprovided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

Schools make most of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, over the past three years, approximately 67% of consolidated net

68


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Approximately 87% of our net sales have historically beenfor the year ended December 31, 2017 were derived from our Education segment, which is a markedly seasonal business. Schools conduct the majority of their purchases in the second and third quarters of the calendar year in preparation for the beginning of the school year. Thus, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 67% of our consolidated net sales were realized in the second and third quarters. Sales ofK-12 instructional materials and customized testing products are also cyclical with some years offering more sales opportunities than others.others in light of the state adoption calendar. The amount of funding available at the state level for educational materials also has a significant effect onyear-to-year net sales. Although the loss of a single customer would not have a material adverse effect on our business, schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of our products can materially affectyear-to-year net sales performance.

Chapter 11 Reorganization

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (“Plan Support Agreement”) with consenting creditors holding greater than 74% of the principal amount of the then-outstanding senior secured indebtedness of the Company and with equity owners holding approximately 64% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock. The consenting creditors agreed to support the Company’s Pre-Packaged Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization (“Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan Support Agreement, the Company agreed to use its best efforts to (i) support and complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated by the Plan, (ii) take any and all necessary and appropriate actions in furtherance of the restructuring contemplated under the Plan, (iii) complete the restructuring and all transactions contemplated under the Plan within set time-frames, (iv) obtain any and all required regulatory and/or third-party approvals for the restructuring, and (v) not directly or indirectly, seek, solicit, support, or engage in the negotiation or formulation of alternate plans of reorganization that were inconsistent with the reorganization as contemplated by the Plan Support Agreement.

On May 21, 2012 (the “Petition Date”), the U.S. based entities that borrowed or guaranteed the debt of the Company (collectively the “Debtors”), filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (“Chapter 11”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Court”). The Debtors also concurrently filed the Plan, the Disclosure Statement in support of the Plan and filed various motions seeking relief to continue operations. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors in possession” (“DIP”) under the jurisdiction of the Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Court. Under Chapter 11, certain claims against us in existence before the Petition Date were stayed while we operated our business as a DIP, including any actions that might be commenced with regards to secured claims, although the holders of such claims had the right to move the Court for relief from the stay. Subsequent to the Petition Date, these claims were reflected in the balance sheet as liabilities subject to compromise. Secured claims were secured primarily by liens on the Company’s accounts receivable. Additional claims (liabilities subject to compromise) could have potentially arisen after the filing date resulting from rejection of executory contracts or from the determination by the Court (or agreed to by parties in interest).

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. Ultimately, the Debtors did not reject any executory contracts during the bankruptcy case, and the Company continues to review and reconcile claims that were filed against it by creditors.

Stock Split and Name Change

The Board of Directors approved a 2-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock, which occurred on October 22, 2013. In addition, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved an increase to the number of authorized shares of preferred stock and common stock to 20,000,000 shares authorized and 380,000,000 shares authorized, respectively. The accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements give retroactive effect to the stock split for all periods presented.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

On October 22, 2013, the Company changed its name from “HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc.” to “Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company.”

 

2.Chapter 11 Reorganization Disclosures

As discussed in Note 1, the Company filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11. On June 21, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming and approving the Plan for the Debtors. Subsequently, the Plan became effective and the transactions contemplated under the Plan were consummated on June 22, 2012.

Subsequent to the Petition Date, the provisions in GAAP guidance for reorganizations applied to the Company’s financial statements while it operated under the provisions of Chapter 11. The accounting guidance did not change the application of GAAP in the preparation of financial statements. However, it does require that the financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, all transactions (including, but not limited to, all professional fees, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses) directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of our businesses are reported separately in our financial statements. All such expense or income amounts are reported in reorganization items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Summary of Emergence

On June 22, 2012, the Company successfully emerged from bankruptcy as a reorganized company pursuant to the Plan. The financial restructuring realized by the confirmation of the Plan was accomplished through a debt-for-equity exchange. The Plan deleveraged the Company’s balance sheet by eliminating the Company’s secured indebtedness in exchange for new equity in the Company. Existing stockholders, in their capacity as stockholders, received warrants for the new equity in the Company in exchange for the existing equity.

Upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings on June 22, 2012, the Company was not required to apply fresh-start accounting based on U.S. GAAP guidance for reorganizations due to the fact that the pre-petition holders who owned more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock immediately before confirmation of the Plan received more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock upon emergence. Accordingly, a new reporting entity was not created for accounting purposes.

Below is a summary of the significant transactions affecting the Company’s capital structure as a result of the effectiveness of the Plan.

Equity Transactions

On June 22, 2012, pursuant to the Plan, all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, including all options, warrants or any other agreements to acquire shares of common stock of the Company that existed prior to the Petition Date, were cancelled and in exchange, holders of such interests received distributions pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The distributions received by holders of interests in our common stock prior to the petition date on June 22, 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Plan included adequate protection payments and conversion fees of approximately $60.1 million and $26.1 million, respectively. These amounts represent only the portion attributable to the existing shareholders prior to the petition date. There were $69.7 million of adequate protection payments and $30.3 million of conversion fee

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

payments made in total. Following the emergence on June 22, 2012, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 380,000,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. There are no other outstanding obligations, warrants, options, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any class of capital stock of the Company.

A Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) became effective upon emergence. The MIP provides for grants of options and restricted stock at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of the grant and reserved for management and employees up to 10% of the new common stock of the Company. On June 22, 2012, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, the Company granted 9,251,462 stock options to executive officers with an exercise price of $12.50. Each of the stock options granted have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value on the date of grant and generally vest over a three or four year period. Also, on June 22, 2012, the Company granted 24,000 restricted stock units to independent directors which vest after one year.

Debt Transactions

On June 22, 2012, the Company’s creditors converted the First Lien Credit Agreement consisting of the then-existing first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion and the then-existing first lien revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Loan”) with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $235.8 million, and the outstanding $300.0 million principal amount of 10.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “10.5% Senior Notes”) to 100 percent pro rata ownership of the Company’s common stock, subject to dilution pursuant to the MIP and the exercise of any existing common stockholder’s pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company pursuant to the Plan, and received $30.3 million in cash.

In connection with the Chapter 11 filing on May 22, 2012, the Company entered into a new $500.0 million senior secured credit facility (“DIP Facility”), which converted into an exit facility on the effective date of the emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility. The proceeds from the initial borrowings under the term loan credit facility were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.

A summary of the transactions affecting the Company’s debt balances is as follows:

Debt balance prior to emergence from bankruptcy (including accrued interest)

$(3,142,234

Exchange of debt for new common shares

 1,750,000  

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

 98,352  

Adequate protection payments

 69,701  

Conversion fees

 30,299  

Professional fees

 21,726  
  

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

$(1,172,156
  

 

 

 

Reorganization Items

Reorganization items represent expense or income amounts that were recorded in the consolidated financial statements as a result of the bankruptcy proceedings. Reorganization items were incurred starting with the date of the bankruptcy filing through the date of bankruptcy emergence. Approximately 86.2% of the (gain) loss on extinguishment was allocated to capital in excess of par value in the consolidated balance sheet based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who were also

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

equityholders as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The remaining portion of the (gain) loss on extinguishment of debt was allocated to reorganization items, net in the consolidated statement of operations based on the percentage of the Company’s creditors that converted their debt to equity who did not have a pre-existing equity ownership in the Company as of the date of the bankruptcy filing. The gain from reorganization items for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

   Total   Adjusted to
Capital in excess
of par value
   Reorganization
items, net
 

Debt to equity conversion

  $(1,392,234  $(1,199,549  $(192,685

Elimination of debt discount and deferred financing fees

   98,352     84,740     13,612  

Adequate protection payments

   69,701     60,054     9,647  

Conversion fees

   30,299     26,106     4,193  

Professional fees

   21,726     18,381     3,345  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment

 (1,172,156 (1,010,268 (161,888

Stock compensation

 2,027   —    2,027  

Issuance of warrants

 10,747   —    10,747  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

$(1,159,382$(1,010,268$(149,114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities Subject to Compromise

Certain pre-petition liabilities and indebtedness were subject to compromise under the Plan and were reported at amounts allowed or expected to be allowed by the Court. A summary of liabilities subject to compromise reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of May 21, 2012 is as follows:

   May 21,
2012
 

$2,668,690 Term Loan due June 12, 2014

  $2,570,815  

$235,751 Revolving Loan due December 12, 2013

   235,751  

$300,000 10.5% senior secured notes due June 1, 2019

   300,000  

Accrued interest

   35,668  
  

 

 

 

Total

$3,142,234  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no liabilities subject to compromise.

All pre-petition claims were considered liabilities subject to compromise at May 21, 2012. As discussed above, the Term Loan, the Revolving Loan, the 10.5% Senior Notes, and the associated accrued interest were exchanged for new common stock in the Company. There were no other liabilities subject to compromise as of May 21, 2012. We honored other prepetition obligations, including employee wages and trade payables in the ordinary course of business.

3.Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments by management that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, book returns, allowance for bad debts, recoverability of advances to authors, valuation of inventory, depreciation and amortization periods, recoverability of long-term assets such as property, plant, and equipment, capitalizedpre-publication costs, other identified intangibles, goodwill, deferred revenue, income taxes, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies, and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue primarily from the sale of print and digital content and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; license fees for book rights, content and software; and services that include test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training as well as access to hosted interactive content. Revenue is recognized only once persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, delivery of products or services has occurred, title and risk of loss with respect to products have transferred to the customer, all significant obligations, if any, have been performed, and collection is probable.reasonably assured.

We enter into certain contractual arrangements that have multiple elements, one or more of which may be delivered subsequent to the delivery of other elements. These multiple-deliverable arrangements may include print and digital media, professional development services, training, software licenses, access to hosted content, and various services related to the software including but not limited to hosting, maintenance and support, and implementation. For these multiple-element arrangements, we allocate revenue to each deliverable of the arrangement based on the relative selling prices of the deliverables. In such circumstances, we first determine the selling price of each deliverable based on (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) if that exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, or (iii) our best estimate of the selling price when neither VSOE nor TPE exists.

69


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Revenue is then allocated to thenon-software deliverables as a group and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling prices of each of the deliverables in the arrangement, based on the selling price hierarchy.Non-software deliverables include print and digital textbooks and instructional materials, trade books, reference materials, assessment materials and multimedia instructional programs; licenses to book rights and content; access to hosted content; and services including test development, test delivery, test scoring, professional development, consulting and training when those services do not relate to software deliverables. Software deliverables include software licenses, software maintenance and support services, professional services and training when those services relate to software deliverables.

For thenon-software deliverables, we determine the revenue for each deliverable based on its relative selling price in the arrangement and we recognize revenue upon delivery of the product or service, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue for test delivery, test scoring and training is recognized when the service has been completed. Revenue for test development, professional development, consulting and training is recognized as the service is provided. Revenue for access to hosted interactive content is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

For the software deliverables as a group, we recognize revenue in accordance with the authoritative guidance for software revenue recognition. As our software licenses are typically sold with maintenance and support, professional services or training, we use the residual method to determine the amount of software license revenue to be recognized.recognized if VSOE has not been established for all deliverables. Under the residual method, arrangement consideration of the software deliverables as a group is allocated to the undelivered elements based upon VSOE of those elements, with the residual amount of the arrangement fee allocated to and recognized as license revenue upon delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If VSOE of one or more of the undelivered services or other elements does not exist, all revenues of the software-deliverables arrangement are deferred until delivery of all of those services or other elements has occurred, or until VSOE of each of those services or other elements can be established.

As products are shipped with right of return, a provision for estimated returns on these sales is made at the time of sale based on historical experience.experience by product line or customer.

Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are included in net sales.

Refer to “Recent Accounting Standards” for the expected impact of our adoption of the new revenue standard.

Advertising Costs and Sample Expenses

Advertising costs are charged to selling and administrative expenses as incurred. Advertising costs were $8.6$12.6 million, $8.0$11.2 million and $6.7$9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Sample expenses are charged to selling and administrative expenses when the samples are shipped.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash in banks and highly liquid investment securities that have maturities of three months or less when purchased. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short termshort-term maturity of these investments.

70


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments typically consist of marketable securities with maturities between three and twelve months at the balance sheet date. We have classified all of our short-term investments asavailable-for-sale at December 31, 20142017 and 2013.2016. The investments are reported at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income (loss).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts and reserves for book returns. In the normal course of business, we extend credit to customers that satisfy predefined criteria. We estimate the collectability of our receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established through the evaluation of accounts receivable aging and prior collection experience to estimate the ultimate collectability of these receivables. Reserves for book returns are based on historical return rates and sales patterns.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted averageweighted-average cost or net realizable value. The level of obsolete and excess inventory is estimated on a program or title level-basis by comparing the number of units in stock

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share with past usage and per share information)

with the expected future demand. The expected future demand of a program or title is determined by the copyright year, the previous years’ sales history,year’s usage, the subsequent year’syears’ sales forecast, and known forward-looking trends including our development cycle to replace the title or program and competing titles or programs.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, or in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, at fair value as of the acquisition date, less accumulated depreciation. Equipment under capital lease is stated at fair value at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred, and renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized. Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, in the case of assets acquired in business combinations, over their remaining lives. Equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives of property, plant, and equipment are as follows:

 

   Estimated
Useful Life
 

Building and building equipment

   10 to 35 years 

Machinery and equipment

   2 to 15 years 

Capitalized software

   3 to 5 years 

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of useful life or lease term 

CapitalizedInternal-Use Software and External-Use Software Development Costs

Capitalizedinternal-use andexternal-use software isare included in property, plant and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.

71


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

We capitalize certain costs related to obtaining or developing computer software for internal use including external customer-facing websites. Costs incurred during the application development stage, including external direct costs of materials and services, and payroll and payroll related costs for employees who are directly associated with theinternal-use software project, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the related software. The application development stage includes design of chosen path, software configuration and integration, coding, hardware installation and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, as well as maintenance, training and upgrades that do not result in additional functionality subsequent to general release are expensed as incurred.

Certain computer software development costs for software that is to be sold or marketed are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets. Capitalization of computer software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility. We define the establishment of technological feasibility as a working model. Amortization of capitalized computer software development costs is provided on aproduct-by-product basis using the straight-line method, beginning upon commercial release of the product, and continuing over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. The carrying amounts of computer software development costs are periodicallyannually compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower.

We review internalinternal-use software and external software development costs for impairment. There was no such impairment for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, there was no impairment of software

developments costs.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

development costs of $7.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively, were impaired. All impairments were included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption.

Pre-publication costs Costs

We capitalize the art, prepress, manuscript and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of a book or other media (the “pre-publication“pre-publication costs”).Pre-publication costs are primarily amortized from the year of sale over five years using thesum-of-the-years-digits method, which is an accelerated method for calculating an asset’s amortization. Under this method, the amortization expense recorded for apre-publication cost asset is approximately 33% (year 1), 27% (year 2), 20% (year 3), 13% (year 4) and 7% (year 5). This policy is used throughout the Company, except for the Trade Publishing young readers and general interest books, which generally expenses such costs as incurred, and the assessment products, which uses the straight-line amortization method. Additionally,pre-publication costs recorded in connection with the acquisition of the EdTech business are amortized over 7 years on a projected sales pattern. The amortization methods and periods chosen best reflect the pattern of expected sales generated from individual titles or programs. We periodically evaluate the remaining lives and recoverability of capitalizedpre-publication costs, which are often dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities.

Amortization expense related topre-publication costs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 were $129.7$126.0 million, $121.7$130.2 million and $137.7$120.5 million, respectively.

There was no impairment forFor the year ended December 31, 2014.2017, an impairment charge forpre-publication costs of $4.0 million was recorded as certain products will no longer be sold in the marketplace. For the years ended December 31, 20132016 and 2012, pre-publication costs of $1.1 million, and $0.4 million respectively, were impaired. The2015, there was no impairment was included as a charge to the statement of operations in the impairment charge for investment in preferred stock, intangible assets, pre-publication costs and fixed assets caption. costs.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assetsIndefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired. Other intangible assets principally consist of branded trademarks and trade names, acquired publishing rights and customer relationships. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade names)tradenames) are not amortized but are reviewed at least annually for impairment or earlier, if an indication

72


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

of impairment exists. Goodwill is allocated entirely to our Education reporting unit. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature, and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities.

We have the option of first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the currenttwo-step impairment test for goodwill or we can perform thetwo-step impairment test without performing the qualitative assessment. In performing the qualitative (Step 0) assessment, events and circumstances specific to the reporting unit and to the entity as a whole, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance and cost factors are considered when evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

Recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles iscan also be evaluated using atwo-step process. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to the extent of the difference. We estimate total fair value of eachthe Education reporting unit using market approaches and alsoby preparing a discounted cash flow analysis using forward looking projections of the Education reporting units’ future operating results and makeby comparing the value of the Education reporting unit to the implied market value of selected peers. The significant assumptions regardingused in the discounted cash flow analysis include: future revenue,net sales and net sales growth, gross margins, other operating expenses, working capital levels, investments in new products, capital spending, tax, cash flows, the discounted rate used to present value future cash flows and the terminal value of the Education reporting unit. The discount rate is based on the weighted-average cost of capital method at the date of the evaluation. With regard to other intangibles with indefinite lives,indefinite-lived intangible assets, the recoverability is evaluated using aone-step process whereby we determine the fair value by asset, which is then compared to its carrying value to determine if the assets are impaired.

Goodwill is allocated entirelyWe completed our annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2017 and 2016. In 2017 and 2016, we used income and market valuation approaches to our Education reporting unit. Determiningdetermine the fair value of athe Education reporting unit is judgmentaland used the most recent five year strategic plan as the initial basis of our analysis. We performed an interim quantitative evaluation as of December 31, 2017 related to our decreased market capitalization. The fair value of the Education reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value as of the evaluation dates. No goodwill was deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

We completed our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment tests as of October 1, 2017 and 2016. We recordednon-cash impairment charges of $139.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The impairment charges related to four specific tradenames within the Education segment in nature,2016 and involvesprimarily resulted from the use of significant estimatesstrategic decision to market our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and assumptions. These estimatesHMH name rather than legacy imprints along with certain declining sales projections. No indefinite-lived intangible assets were deemed to be impaired for the years ended December 31, 2017 and assumptions may include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash2015.

73


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, the determination of appropriate market comparables as well as the fair value of individual assets and liabilities. Consistent with prior years, we used a combination of a market approach and income approach to establish the fair value of the reporting unit as of October 1, 2014.

We completed our annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests as of October 1, 2014, 2013, and 2012 and recorded a noncash impairment charge of $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The impairments principally related to two specific tradenames within the Trade Publishing segment in both 2014 and 2013 and one specific tradename within the Education segment in 2012. The impairment charges resulted primarily from a decline in revenue from previously projected amounts.

Publishing Rights

A publishing right is an acquired right that allows us to publish and republish existing and future works as well as create new works based on previously published materials. We determine the fair market value of the publishing rights arising from business combinations by discounting theafter-tax cash flows projected to be derived from the publishing rights and titles to their net present value using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk. The useful life of the publishing rights is based on the lives of the various copyrights involved. We calculate amortization using the percentage of the projected operating income before taxes derived from the titles in the current year as a percentage of the total estimated operating income before taxes over the remaining useful life. Acquired publication rights, as well as customer-related intangibles with definitive lives, are primarily amortized on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from three3 to 20 years.

Impairment of other long-lived assetsOther Long-lived Assets

We review our other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than their book value, impairment exists. The impairment is measured as the difference between the book value and the fair value of the underlying asset. Fair value is normally determined using a discountedan undiscounted cash flow model.

Severance

We accrue postemployment benefits if the obligation is attributable to services already rendered, rights to those benefits accumulate, payment of benefits is probable, and amount of benefit is reasonably estimated. Postemployment benefits include severance benefits.

Subsequent to recording such accrued severance liabilities, changes in market or other conditions may result in changes to assumptions upon which the original liabilities were recorded that could result in an adjustment to the liabilities.

Royalty advancesAdvances

Royalty advances to authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of the sale of an author’s product and are recovered as earned. As advances are recorded, a partial reserve may be recorded immediately based primarily upon historical sales experience. Advances are evaluated periodically to determine if they are expected to be recovered. Any portion of a royalty advance that is not expected to be

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

recovered is fully reserved. Cash payments for royalty advances are included within cash flows from operating activities, under the caption “Royalties payable and author advances, net,” in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Income taxesTaxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax basis, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Our consolidated financial statements contain certain deferred tax assets which have arisen primarily as a result of interest expense limitations, as well as other temporary differences between

74


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

financial and tax accounting. We establish a valuation allowance if the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets is reduced based on an evaluation of objective verifiable evidence. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against those deferred tax assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

We also evaluate any uncertain tax positions and only recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement. We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Any change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions is recognized in earnings in the period in which such change occurs. Interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense.

We have accounted for the tax effects of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, on a provisional basis. Our accounting for certain income tax effects is incomplete, but we have determined reasonable estimates for those effects. Our reasonable estimates are included in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017. We expect to complete our accounting during the one year measurement period from the enactment date. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for further detail.

Stock-Based Compensation

Certain employees and or directors have been granted stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock awardsunits in the Company’sour common stock. Stock basedStock-based compensation expense reflects the fair value of stock-based awards measured at the grant date and recognized over the relevant service period. We estimate the fair value of each stock-based award on the measurement date using either the current market price orbased on the target value of the award for restricted stock and restricted stock units, the Monte Carlo simulation for market-based restricted stock units and the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model incorporates assumptions as tofor stock volatility, the expected life of the options, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield for time-vested stock options and restricted stock.options. We recognize stock-based compensation costexpense over the awards requisite service period on a straight-line basis overfor time based stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units and on a graded basis for restricted stock and restricted stock units that are contingent on the awards’ vesting periods.achievement of performance conditions.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as changes in the equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions. The amounts shown on the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss relate to the cumulative effect of changes in pension and postretirement liabilities, foreign currency translation gain and loss adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on short-term investments.investments and gains and losses on derivative instruments.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for each of our subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates, generally defined as the currency in which the entity generates and expends

75


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

cash. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at current rates as of the balance sheet date and the revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average rates established during each reporting period. Cumulative translation gains or losses are recorded in equity as an element of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Financial instrumentsInstruments

Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks associated with interest rate exposures and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. We recognize all derivative instruments such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts, in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as hedges, to the extent they are effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income,loss, and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged items when they occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in earnings. During 2017 and 2016, our interest rate swaps were designated as hedges and qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, we recorded an unrealized gain of $4.9 million and an unrealized loss of $2.5 million in our statements of comprehensive loss to account for the changes in fair value of these derivatives during the periods ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The corresponding $1.2 million and $6.1 million hedge liability is included within long-term other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our foreign exchange forward and option contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting because we did not contemporaneously document our hedging strategy upon entering into the hedging arrangements. There were no derivative instruments that qualified for hedge accounting during 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Treasury Stock

We account for treasury stock under the cost method. When shares are reissued or retired from treasury stock they are accounted for at an average price. Upon retirement the excess over par value is charged against capital in excess of par value.

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Except where the result would be anti-dilutive, net loss per share is computed using the treasury stock method for the exercise of stock options. For periods in which the Company has reported net losses, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012.2015.

Recent Accounting PronouncementsStandards

Recent accounting pronouncements, not included below, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance related to the disclosures around going concern. The new standard provides guidance around management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

76


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In JuneMarch 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance to improve the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic post-retirement benefit cost. The changes to the guidance require employers to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees during the reporting period. The other components of net benefit costs will be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost and outside of a subtotal of income from operations. The guidance will be effective in 2018, and we believe it will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to simplify the test for goodwill impairment by the elimination of Step 2 in the determination on whether goodwill should be considered impaired. The annual assessments are still required to be completed. The guidance will be effective in 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance, but we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued guidance on restricted cash, which requires amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the total beginning and ending amounts for the periods shown on the statement of cash flows. The guidance will be effective in 2019 using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. We do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued a guidance update to classifications of certain cash receipts and cash payments on the Statement of Cash Flows with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. This updated guidance addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement ofzero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned life insurance policies); distributions received from equity method investees; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The guidance will be effective in 2018, and we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that primarily requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets but record expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current accounting. For lessors, the guidance modifies the classification criteria and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases. The guidance is effective in 2019 with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures, but we believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheets due to the recognition of the lease rights and obligations related to our office space leases as assets and liabilities.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to stock compensation. The new standard requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and that could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award.revenue recognition. This update further clarifies that compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the periods for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 and can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all awards outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this new accounting standard will impact our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard will replace allmost current U.S. GAAP guidance on this topic and eliminate allmost industry-specific guidance. The new revenue recognition standard provides a unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a companyan entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance will be effective beginning January 1, 2017 and can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to reporting discontinued operations. This new standard raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted but only for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. We do not believe the adoption of this new accounting standard will impact our consolidated financial statements.

 

4.Acquisitions

On May 12, 2014, we completed the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Channel One News, which is a digital content provider dedicated to encouraging kids to be informed, digitally-savvy global citizens. The acquisition allows for continued development of high-quality digital content for students, teachers and parents across multiple modalities, and brings video and cross-media production capabilities to HMH.77

On May 19, 2014, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the stock of Curiosityville, which is an online personalized learning environment that helps children ages 3-8 learn through playful exploration and discovery both at home and in pre-school settings. The acquisition also includes its proprietary data collection and analytics engine, the Learning Tree, which provides real-time information on individual learners and personalized recommendations for learning, both online and offline.

On June 30, 2014, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the stock of School Chapters, which is an educational solutions provider dedicated to standards-based education quality management, accreditation services and community-based resources for educators and learners across the pre-K-12 and college spectrum.

The total aggregate purchase price for the three acquisitions described above was approximately $9.5 million, which consisted of cash at closing of approximately $9.1 million, and amounts in accrued liabilities


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

of approximately $0.4 million. Goodwill, other intangible assets, accounts receivable, property, plant, and equipment, other assets and other liabilities recordedentitled in exchange for those goods or services. Entities may adopt the new standard either retrospectively to all periods presented in the financial statements (the full retrospective method) or as parta cumulative-effect adjustment as of the acquisitions totaled approximately $1.1 million, $0.2 million, $3.1 million, $6.8 million, $0.4 milliondate of adoption (modified retrospective method) in the year of adoption without applying to comparative periods financial statements. Further, in August 2015, the FASB issued guidance to defer the effective adoption date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and $1.7 million, respectively.permitted early adoption of the standard, but not before fiscal years beginning after the original effective date of December 15, 2016. We will adopt the guidance for the annual reporting period beginning on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method.

In 2013,As the new standard will supersede substantially all existing revenue recognition guidance, we madebelieve it will impact the revenue recognition for a $1.5 million investment in preferred stock. Based on impairment indicators, we were required to remeasure the fair valuesignificant number of our 2013 investmentcontracts, in addition to our business processes and our information technology systems. As a result, we established a cross-functional coordinated team to implement the new revenue recognition standard. We have implemented changes to our systems, processes and internal controls to meet the standard’s reporting and disclosure requirements.

We have evaluated the impact of the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard and expect it will be significant to our consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures, principally as it relates to the following areas:

Software licenses – we believe there will be an impact to our accounting for software license revenue. Under the current guidance, our software licenses may be recognized ratably over the life of the service period. This is due to vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) not being established for the undelivered maintenance services as they are not sold separately from the software licenses. The requirement for establishing VSOE does not exist under the new standard and will require us to recognize the software license revenue at a point in time, which is predominately at the time of delivery.

Incremental costs to acquire new contracts– in accordance with any resulting gain or loss recognized in the statement of operations. Basednew guidance, we plan to capitalize and amortize sales commission fees based on the implied fair valuetransfer of the investment, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to the fair value remeasurement.

On October 28, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Choice Solutions, Inc., which is an educational technology company focused on educational data science, analytics, integrated solutions, and professional services for a total purchase price of approximately $15.9 million, which consisted of cash at closing, subject to a closing working capital adjustment. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill, other intangible assets, cash, other assets, other liabilities and deferred tax liabilities recorded as part of the acquisition totaled approximately $7.6 million, $10.4 million, $2.5 million, $0.8 million, $1.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

On April 10, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Tribal Nova, Inc., which is an educational technology company focused on the development of digital games, products and services for pre-school children for a total purchase price of approximately $7.3 million. The purchase price consisted of approximately $5.8 million of cash at closing and promissory notes due over two years totaling approximately $1.5 million, subject to a closing working capital adjustment which increased the amount due by approximately $0.1 million. The acquisition provides us with an increased capacity to create entertaining and innovative online educational games. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill, other intangible assets, cash, other assets and other liabilities recorded as part of the acquisition totaled approximately $4.1 million, $1.6 million, $0.5 million, $1.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

During 2012, we acquired certain asset product lines from a third party for a total purchase price of approximately $11.0 million, which was paid in cash at closing. The acquisition provides us with the copyrights, trademarks and intellectual property of the acquired product lines for our Trade Publishing segment. In connection with the acquisition, we entered into a transition services agreement whereby the third party provided certain transitionalgoods or services to us forwhich the acquired product lines. Sinceassets relate, whereas we currently expense those costs as incurred. Further, we expect to apply a practical expedient whereby we recognize the fair value assigned toincremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the net assets acquired exceeded the consideration paid, we recorded a $30.8 million gain on bargain purchase on the transaction in 2012. Intangible assets, author advances, and other assets recorded as part of the acquisition totaled approximately $30.4 million, $6.2 million, and $5.1 million, respectively.

All transactions above were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. We allocated the purchase price to eachamortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and liabilities acquired atadministrative expenses.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. The guidance requires the recognition of the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additionalpaid-in capital pools. The guidance also allows for the employer to repurchase more of an employee’s shares for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting. In addition, the guidance allows for a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated fair valuesbasis. The guidance became effective January 1, 2017. The adoption of the guidance resulted in the recognition of approximately $12.3 million (tax effected) of previously unrecorded additionalpaid-in capital net operating losses as of January 1, 2017. The additional net operating losses were offset by an increase to the acquisition date. The excessvaluation allowance, accordingly no income tax benefit was recognized as a result of the purchase price over the net amounts assigned to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The financial results of each company acquired were included within our financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. The acquisitions were not considered to be material for purposes of additional disclosure.adoption.

78


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

5.3.Acquisitions

On April 23, 2015, we entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement with Scholastic Corporation (“Scholastic”) to acquire certain assets (including the stock of two of Scholastic’s subsidiaries) comprising its Educational Technology and Services (“EdTech”) business. On May 29, 2015, we completed the acquisition and paid an aggregate purchase price of $574.8 million in cash to Scholastic, including adjustments for working capital. The acquisition provided us with a leading position in intervention curriculum and services and extends our product offerings in key growth areas, including educational technology, early learning, and education services, creating a more comprehensive offering for students, teachers and schools. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of operations of the purchased assets of EdTech are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Transaction costs related to the acquisition were approximately $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 and are included in the selling and administrative line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

The unaudited pro forma information presented in the following table summarizes the consolidated results of operations for the periods presented as if the acquisition of EdTech had occurred on January 1, 2014. The pro forma financial information is presented for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results. The pro forma results include estimates of the interest expense on debt used to finance the acquisition, the amortization of the other intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition, the impact of the write-down of acquired deferred revenue to fair value and the related tax effects of the adjustments.

   Unaudited 
   Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Net sales

  $1,486,810 

Net loss

   (144,830

For the 2015 fiscal year, we recorded approximately $142.2 million of net sales and $25.9 million of operating income attributable to EdTech within our consolidated statements of operations since the date of acquisition, May 29, 2015.

4.Balance Sheet Information

Short-term Investments

The estimated fairfollowing table shows the gross unrealized losses and market value of our short-term investments classified as available for sale, is as follows:available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporary, aggregated by investment category:

 

  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2017 
  Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

                

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $286,675    $10    $(99  $286,764    $86,467   $—     $(18  $86,449 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
$286,675  $10  $(99$286,764  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2013 
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $111,721    $4    $(4  $111,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$111,721  $4  $(4$111,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

79


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

   December 31, 2016 
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Short-term investments:

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $80,784   $91   $(34  $80,841 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of our short-term investments are one year or less.

Account Receivable

Accounts receivable at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 consisted of the following:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Accounts receivable

  $283,453    $358,734    $224,664   $238,553 

Allowance for bad debt

   (5,625   (5,084   (2,598   (3,576

Reserve for book returns

   (22,159   (35,549   (20,986   (18,971
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
$255,669  $318,101    $201,080   $216,006 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, there was one individual customer that comprised approximately 10% of our accounts receivable, net balance. As of December 31, 2016, no individual customer comprised more than 10% of our accounts receivable, net balance. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited and we have not experienced significant write-downs in our accounts receivable balances.

Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 consisted of the following:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Finished goods

  $178,812    $177,017    $145,875   $157,925 

Raw materials

   5,149     5,177     8,769    4,490 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Inventory

$183,961  $182,194  

Inventories

  $154,644   $162,415 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Balances of major classes of assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

   2017   2016 

Land and land improvements

  $4,923   $4,923 

Building and building equipment

   9,867    9,867 

Machinery and equipment

   31,843    23,339 

Capitalized software

   539,517    497,803 

Leasehold improvements

   23,652    27,196 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   609,802   563,128 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (455,896   (387,926
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

  $153,906   $175,202 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

80


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Balances of major classes of assets and accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

   2014   2013 

Land and land improvements

  $4,717    $4,717  

Building and building equipment

   9,723     9,505  

Machinery and equipment

   18,766     15,223  

Capitalized software

   350,179     294,361  

Leasehold improvements

   28,719     27,961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 412,104   351,767  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 (273,742 (210,919
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

$138,362  $140,848  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant, and equipment were $72.3$75.5 million, $61.7$79.8 million and $58.1$72.6 million, respectively.

Property, plant, and equipment at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 included approximately $6.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively, acquired under capital lease agreements, of which the majority is included in machinery and equipment. TheThere are no future minimum lease payments required undernon-cancelable capital leases as of December 31, 2014 is as follows: $2.4 million in 2015 and $1.4 million in 2016.2017.

Substantially all property, plant, and equipment are pledged as collateral under our Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

   2014   2013   2012 

Net change in pension and benefit plan liability

  $(24,198  $(10,818  $(18,664

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (2,502   (2,473   (2,877

Unrealized gain on short-term investments

   (89   —      13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$(26,789$(13,291$(21,528
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 relating to the amortization of defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans totaled approximately $(1.4) million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and affected the selling and administrative line item in the consolidated statement of operations. These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

6.5.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
   Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
   Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
 Total   Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
 Total 

Goodwill

  $532,921    $—     $531,786    $—     $783,073   $—    $783,073   $783,073   $—    $783,073 

Trademarks and tradenames

   439,719     —      440,005     —   
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Trademarks and tradenames: indefinite-lived

  $161,000   $—    $161,000   $161,000   $—    $161,000 

Trademarks and tradenames: definite-lived

   194,130    (19,101 175,029    194,130    (6,961 187,169 

Publishing rights

   1,180,000     (889,560   1,180,000     (783,937   1,180,000    (1,078,156 101,844    1,180,000    (1,031,918 148,082 

Customer related and other

   283,225     (211,415   283,172     (199,246   444,640    (271,850 172,790    442,640    (253,242 189,398 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

Other intangible assets, net

  $1,979,770   $(1,369,107 $610,663   $1,977,770   $(1,292,121 $685,649 
$2,435,865  $(1,100,975$2,434,963  $(983,183  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

TheThere were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2012

$520,088  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

 1,962,588  

Accumulated impairment losses

 (1,442,500

Acquisitions

 11,698  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$531,786  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

 1,974,286  

Accumulated impairment losses

 (1,442,500

Acquisitions

 1,135  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$532,921  
  

 

 

 

We had goodwill of $532.9 million and $531.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The additions to goodwill relate to our acquisitions described in Note 4 of approximately $1.1 million and $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There was no goodwill impairment charge for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.2017.

In accordance with the provisions of the accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and certain indefinite-lived tradenames are not amortized. Weamortized but rather are assessed for impairment on an annual basis. In connection with this assessment, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $5.0$139.2 million for certain of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, atwhich has been reflected as of the measurement date of October 1, 2014, 2013,2016. There was no impairment charge recorded in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2012,2015. There was no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

During 2016, certain tradenames were deemed to be definite-lived and accordingly, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. This was due to our strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and various supplemental brands, and in favor of marketing our products under the Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names. As a result of this change in estimate from indefinite-lived to definite-lived intangible assets, we recorded amortization expense of $9.6 million and $2.4 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to these tradenames. During 2016, $139.4 million of previously indefinite-lived intangible assets were transferred to definite-lived intangible assets and $139.2 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired. Amortization expense for publishing rights and customer related and other intangibles were $117.8$77.0 million, $158.6$88.1 million and $232.6$103.0 million for the yearyears ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense expected for eachDuring 2017, we acquired the remaining intellectual property rights to certain educational content and recorded an intangible asset of the next five years related to intangibles subject to amortization is as follows:$2.0 million.

   Publishing
Rights
   Other
Intangible
Assets
 

2015

   81,007     12,346  

2016

   61,350     11,201  

2017

   46,238     10,080  

2018

   34,713     9,053  

2019

   26,557     6,488  

Thereafter

   40,575     22,642  

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)81

7.Debt

Long-term debt at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

   2014   2013 

$250,000 Term Loan due May 21, 2018

interest payable monthly

  $243,125    $245,625  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   67,500     2,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

$175,625  $243,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the Current portion of long-term debt is $65.0 million payable under the Excess Cash Flow provisions of the Term Loan Facility, which are predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow.

Long-term debt repayments due in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Year

  

2015

 67,500  

2016

 2,500  

2017

 2,500  

2018

 170,625  

2019

 —   

Thereafter

 —   
  

 

 

 
$243,125  
  

 

 

 

On January 15, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 4 to our Term Loan Facility, which reduced the interest rate applicable to outstanding borrowings by 1.0%. The transaction was accounted for under the accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments. We recorded an expense of approximately $1.0 million relating to third party transaction fees which was included in the selling and administrative line item in its consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

On May 24, 2013, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Term Loan Facility. Amendment No. 3 primarily reduced the term loan spread by 1.75% and reduced the LIBOR floor by 0.25% resulting in an overall decrease in the Term Loan Facility interest rate of 2.00%. The Term Loan Facility has a term of six years and the interest rate for borrowings under the Term Loan Facility is based on the borrowers’ election, LIBOR plus 4.25% per annum or the alternate base rate plus 3.25%. The LIBOR rate under the Term Loan Facility is subject to a minimum “floor” of 1.00%. As of December 31, 2013, the interest rate of the Term Loan Facility is 5.25%. During the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the change in syndication, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of approximately $0.6 million relating to the write off of capitalized deferred financing fees in accordance with the accounting guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments.

On May 22, 2012, we entered into a new $500.0 million DIP facility which was converted into an exit facility upon emergence from Chapter 11. This exit facility consists of a $250.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”), which is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, and a $250.0 million term loan credit facility (“Term Loan”). The Revolving Credit Facility has a term of five years and the interest rate is determined by a combination of LIBOR rate and average daily availability. No funds have been drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012. The Term Loan has a term of six years and the interest rate is based on the LIBOR plus 6.0%. The actual LIBOR is subject to a minimum “floor” of 1.25%. The proceeds of the Term Loan were used to fund the costs of the reorganization and provide post-closing working capital to the Company.


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

On June 11, 2012Estimated aggregate amortization expense expected for each of the next five years related to intangibles subject to amortization is as follows:

   Trademarks
and
Tradenames
   Publishing
Rights
   Other
Intangible
Assets
 

2018

  $12,362   $34,713   $16,059 

2019

   12,362    26,557    13,444 

2020

   12,362    20,056    9,594 

2021

   12,362    11,642    9,320 

2022

   12,362    7,569    9,119 

Thereafter

   113,219    1,307    115,254 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $175,029   $101,844   $172,790 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6.Debt

Our debt consisted of the following:

   December 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

$800,000 term loan due May 29, 2021 interest payable quarterly (net of discount and issuance costs)

  $768,194   $772,738 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

   8,000    8,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs

  $760,194   $764,738 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2016, we retrospectively adopted the new standard relating to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs and June 20, 2012, respectively,reclassified debt issuance costs from other assets to long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs, as of December 31, 2015.

Long-term debt repayments due in each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Year 
2018  $8,000 
2019   8,000 
2020   8,000 
2021   756,000 
  

 

 

 
  $780,000 
  

 

 

 

Term Loan Facility

In connection with our closing of the EdTech acquisition referred to in Note 3, we entered into Amendment No. 1an amended and Amendment No. 2restated term loan credit facility (the “term loan facility”) dated as of May 29, 2015 to the Term Loan. Amendment No. 1 modified definitions by reducing LIBORincrease our outstanding term loan credit facility from 1.50%$250.0 million, of which $178.9 million was outstanding, to 1.25% along with a reduction in$800.0 million, all of which was drawn at closing. The term loan facility matures on May 29, 2021 and the interest rate from 6.25%is based on LIBOR plus 3.0% or an alternative base rate plus applicable margins. LIBOR is subject to 6.0%a floor of 1.0% with the length of the LIBOR contracts ranging up to six months at the option of the Company.

82


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The term loan facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium. The term loan facility is required to be repaid in quarterly installments of $2.0 million.

The term loan facility was issued at a discount equal to 0.5% of the outstanding borrowing commitment. As of December 31, 2017, the interest rate of the term loan facility was 4.6%. Amendment No. 2

The term loan facility does not require us to comply with financial maintenance covenants. The term loan facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The term loan facility is subject to customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the administrative agent may, or at the request of certain required lenders shall, accelerate the obligations outstanding under the term loan facility.

We are subject to an excess cash flow provision under our term loan facility which is predicated upon our leverage ratio and cash flow. There was no payment required under the excess cash flow provision in 2017 and 2016. In accordance with the excess cash flow provision of the previous term loan facility, we made a $63.6 million principal payment on March 5, 2015. In connection with this principal payment, we accelerated the amortization of deferred financing costs of $2.0 million, which was recognized as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015, in connection with the term loan facility described above, we paid off the remaining outstanding balance of our previous $250.0 million term loan facility of approximately $178.9 million. The transaction was accounted for under the guidance for debt modifications and extinguishments. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $2.2 million related to thewrite-off of the portion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of the term loan accounted for as extinguishment associated with the term loan facility. We incurred approximately $15.6 million of third-party fees for the transaction, of which approximately $13.6 million were capitalized as deferred financing fees and approximately $2.0 million was recorded to expense and included in the selling and administrative matters modifyingline item in our consolidated statements of operations for the notice requirement, which enabled the Company to move from a DIP facility to an exit facility upon emergence from bankruptcy.year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Rate Hedging

On June 20, 2012,August 17, 2015, we entered into Amendment No. 1interest rate derivative contracts with various financial institutions having an aggregate notional amount of $400.0 million to convert floating rate debt into fixed rate debt and Amendment No. 2had $400.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2017. We assessed at inception, andre-assess on an ongoing basis, whether the interest rate derivative contracts are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged variable rate debt.

These interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges and qualify for hedge accounting under the accounting guidance related to derivatives and hedging. Accordingly, we recorded an unrealized gain of $4.9 million and an unrealized loss of $2.5 million and $3.6 million in our statements of comprehensive loss to account for the changes in fair value of these derivatives during the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The corresponding $1.2 million and $6.1 million hedge liability is included within long-term other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The interest rate derivative contracts mature on July 22, 2020.

83


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Revolving Credit Facility. Amendment No. 1 modified definitions relatingFacility

On July 22, 2015, we entered into an amended and restated revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”). The revolving credit facility provides borrowing availability in an amount equal to administrative matters releasing our restricted cashthe lesser of $26.5either $250.0 million which was collateralizing our letters of credit. Amendment No. 2 modified certain provisionsor a borrowing base that is computed monthly or weekly and comprised of the agreement with regardborrowers’ and the guarantors’ eligible inventory and receivables. The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility of $50.0 million, a swingline subfacility of $20.0 million and the option to same day borrowing.

In 2012,expand the contractual interest exceeded the amount reportedfacility by up to $100.0 million in the statementaggregate under certain specified conditions. The revolving credit facility may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium. The transaction was accounted for under the accounting guidance for modifications to or exchanges of operations by $19.2revolving debt arrangements. We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $0.9 million as interest ceased accruing onrelated to the Term Loan, Revolving Loan and 10.5% Senior Notes at the datewrite-off of the bankruptcy filing.

Loan Covenants

We are required to meet certain restrictive financial covenants as defined under our Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility. We have financial covenants pertaining to interest coverage, maximum leverage, and fixed charge ratios. The interest coverage ratio is now 9.0 to 1.0 for all fiscal quarters ending through maturity. The maximum leverage ratio is now 2.0 to 1.0 for fiscal quarters ending through maturity. The fixed charge ratio, which only pertains toportion of the unamortized deferred financing fees associated with the portion of the revolving credit facility accounted for as an extinguishment. We incurred approximately $1.6 million of third-party fees which were capitalized as deferred financing fees.

The revolving credit facility requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 on a trailing four-quarter basis only during certain periods commencing when excess availability under the revolving credit facility is less than certain limits prescribed by the terms of the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility is subject to usual and customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants, including restrictions on additional indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, acquisitions, asset dispositions, dividends to stockholders, repurchase or redemption of our stock, transactions with affiliates and other matters. The revolving credit facility is subject to customary events of default. No amounts have been drawn on the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant under our revolving credit facility was not applicable, due to our level of borrowing availability. The minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which is only tested in limited situations, is 1.0 to 1.0 through the end of the facility. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

Loan Guarantees

Under both the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company are the borrowers (collectively, the “Borrowers”), and Citibank, N.A. acts as both the administrative agent and the collateral agent.

The obligations under our senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect-for-profitindirectfor-profit domestic subsidiaries (other than the Borrowers) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by all capital stock and other equity interests of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, including, without limitation, receivables, inventory, equipment, contract rights, securities, patents, trademarks, other intellectual property, cash, bank accounts and securities accounts and owned real estate. The revolving credit facility is secured by first priority liens on receivables, inventory, deposit accounts, securities accounts, instruments, chattel paper and other assets related to the foregoing (the “Revolving First Lien Collateral”), and second priority liens on the collateral which secures the term loan facility on a first priority basis. The term loan facility is secured by first priority liens on the capital stock and other equity interests of the BorrowerBorrowers and the Guarantors, equipment, owned real estate, trademarks and other intellectual property, general intangibles that are not Revolving First Lien Collateral and other assets related to the foregoing, and second priority liens on the Revolving First Lien Collateral.

84


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

8.7.Restructuring, Severance and Other Charges

20142017 Restructuring Plan

DuringOn an ongoing basis, we assess opportunities for improved operational effectiveness and efficiency and better alignment of expenses with net sales, while preserving our ability to make the investments in content and our people that we believe are important to our long-term success. As a result of these assessments, we have undertaken a restructuring initiative in order to enhance our growth potential and better position us for long-term success. This initiative is described below.

Beginning at the end of 2016, we worked with a third party consultant to review our operating model and organizational design in order to improve our operational efficiency, better focus on the needs of our customers andright-size our cost structure to create long-term shareholder value.

In March 2017, we committed to certain operational efficiency and cost-reduction actions we planned to take in order to accomplish these objectives (“2017 Restructuring Plan”). These actions include making organizational design changes across layers of the Company below the executive team and otherright-sizing initiatives expected to result in reductions in force, consolidating and/or subletting certain office space under real estate leases as well as other potential operational efficiency and cost-reduction initiatives. We have substantially completed the organizational design change actions and expect to substantially complete the remaining actions by the end of 2018.

Implementation of actions under the 2017 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in total charges of approximately $45.0 million to $49.0 million, of which approximately $35.0 million to $39.0 million of these charges are estimated to result in future cash outlays. Previously, the range of expected charges for the 2017 Restructuring Plan was $41.0 million to $45.0 million of which approximately $32.0 million to $36.0 million was estimated to result in future cash outlays. The increase is primarily due to a change in the estimate of office space that the Company will be able to vacate along with higher cost of implementation. We recorded cash-related costs of $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $7.92017, of which a portion of these expenses totaling approximately $16.2 million were related to severance and termination benefits for the year ended December 31, 2017, with the remaining amount of approximately $14.3 million related to implementation of the plan and real estate consolidation costs. These costs are included in the restructuring line item within our consolidated statements of operations.

The following table provides a summary of our total costs associated with the 2017 Restructuring Plan, included in the restructuring line item within our consolidated statements of operations, for the year ended December 31, 2017 by major type of cost:

Type of Cost

  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
   Total Amount
Incurred to Date
 

Restructuring charges:(1)

    

Severance and termination benefits

  $16,206   $16,206 

Office space consolidation (2)

   7,857    7,857 

Implementation and impairment (3)

   16,590    16,990 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $40,653   $41,053 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)All restructuring charges are included within Corporate and Other.
(2)During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded anon-cash charge for awrite-off of property, plant, and equipment of approximately $1.0 million and $6.8 million of accruals related to vacating certain office space in three of our locations.
(3)During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded anon-cash impairment charge of approximately $9.1 million related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment.

85


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Our restructuring liabilities are primarily comprised of accruals for severance and termination benefits and office space consolidation. The following is a rollforward of our liabilities associated with the 2017 Restructuring Plan:

   2017 
   Restructuring
accruals at
December 31, 2016
   Charges   Cash payments   Restructuring
accruals at
December 31, 2017
 

Severance and termination benefits

  $—     $16,206   $(11,900  $4,306 

Office space consolidation

   —      6,808    (1,512   5,296 

Implementation

   —      7,472    (7,472   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $—     $30,486   $(20,884  $9,602 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a summary of our updated estimates of costs associated with the 2017 Restructuring Plan through the end of 2018 by major type of cost:

Type of Cost

  Total Estimated Amount
Expected to be Incurred
 

Restructuring charges:

      

Severance and termination benefits

  $15,000    to   $16,500 

Office space consolidation

   13,000    to    15,000 

Implementation and impairment

   17,000    to    17,500 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $45,000    to   $49,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Severance and Other Charges

2017

Exclusive of the 2017 Restructuring Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2017, $7.0 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 20142017 and prior years and $4.6$3.1 million of net payments were made for office space no longer utilized by the Company as a result of prior savings initiatives. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $0.9 million to reflect costs for severance, which we expect to be paid over the next twelve months, along with a favorable $0.2 million adjustment for office space no longer occupied.

2016

During the year ended December 31, 2016, $7.4 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2016 and prior years and $3.9 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $5.0$12.4 million to reflect additional costs for severance, which we expect to pay the remaining $1.3 millionbe paid over the next twelve months, along with a $2.3$3.3 million accrual for additional space vacated or revised estimates for space previously vacated.space.

20132015

During the year ended December 31, 2013, $5.82015, $4.2 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 20132015 and prior years and $7.0$4.2 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $10.0$4.3 million to reflect additional costs for severance, which have been fully paid, along with a $0.4 million accrual for vacated space.

86


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and revised estimates for office space no longer utilized in connection to our continuing strategic alignment of the business.per share information)

2012

During the year ended December 31, 2012, $19.2 million of severance payments were made to employees whose employment ended in 2012 and prior years and $7.6 million of net payments for office space no longer utilized by the Company. Further, we recorded an expense in the amount of $9.4 million to reflect additional costs for severance and revised estimates for office space no longer utilized in connection to our continuing strategic alignment of the business.

A summary of the significant components of the severance/restructuring and other charges, which are not allocated to our segments and included in Corporate and Other, is as follows:

 

  2014   2017 
  Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2013
   Severance/
restructuring
expense
   Cash payments   Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2014
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2016
   Severance/
other
expense
 Cash payments Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2017
 

Severance costs

  $4,115    $5,022    $(7,866  $1,271    $6,417   $889  $(6,965 $341 

Other accruals

   11,416     2,278     (4,644   9,050     4,604    (176 (3,129 1,299 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 
$15,531  $7,300  $(12,510$10,321    $11,021   $713  $(10,094 $1,640 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  2013   2016 
  Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2012
   Severance/
restructuring
expense
   Cash payments   Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2013
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2015
   Severance/
other
expense
   Cash payments Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2016
 

Severance costs

  $2,142    $7,801    $(5,828  $4,115    $1,455   $12,350   $(7,388 $6,417 

Other accruals

   16,148     2,239     (6,971   11,416     5,251    3,300    (3,947 4,604 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
$18,290  $10,040  $(12,799$15,531    $6,706   $15,650   $(11,335 $11,021 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

  2012   2015 
  Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2011
   Severance/
restructuring
expense
   Cash payments   Severance/
restructuring
accrual at
December 31, 2012
   Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2014
   Severance/
other
expense
   Cash payments Severance/
other
accruals at
December 31, 2015
 

Severance costs

  $16,071    $5,284    $(19,213  $2,142    $1,271   $4,338   $(4,154 $1,455 

Other accruals

   19,679     4,091     (7,622   16,148     9,050    429    (4,228 5,251 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 
$35,750  $9,375  $(26,835$18,290    $10,321   $4,767   $(8,382 $6,706 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

 

The current portion of the severance and other charges was $6.9 million (inclusive of the 2017 Restructuring Plan) and $8.9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

8.Income Taxes

Effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

New tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”), was enacted on December 22, 2017. Accounting for income taxes requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment even though the effective date for most provisions of the 2017 Tax Act is for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Given the significance of the legislation, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared or analyzed.

87


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

SAB 118 summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The 2017 Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, provides for an indefinite carryforward of net operating losses arising from tax years ending after December 31, 2017 limited to a deduction of 80% of taxable income, requires companies to pay aone-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign earnings. We have not completed our accounting for the effects of the 2017 Tax Act; however, we have made a reasonable estimate of those effects. Accordingly, we have recognized a provisional income tax benefit of $71.9 million, which is included as a component of the income tax provision on our consolidated statement of operations.

Included in this provisional amount is (i) a $31.5 million benefit reflecting the revaluation of our net deferred tax liability resulting from indefinite-lived intangibles based on a U.S. federal tax rate of 21% and (ii) a $40.4 million benefit from a release of valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets. This is as a result of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act that would extend net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to an unlimited carryforward period subject to an 80% utilization against future taxable earnings. The Company scheduled out the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and determined that they would reverse into an indefinite-lived net operating loss. As a result, the Company’s indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities could be used as a source of future taxable income in the Company’s assessment of its realization of the net indefinite-lived deferred tax asset. Our preliminary estimate is subject to the finalization of management’s analysis related to certain matters, such as developing interpretations of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act and its effect on state income taxes. U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting the 2017 Tax Act may require further adjustments and changes in our estimates. The final determination of the revaluation of our net deferred tax liability and release of the valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets will be completed as additional information becomes available, but no later than one year from the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act.

The new law also includes aone-time mandatory repatriation transition tax on the net accumulated earnings and profits of a U.S. taxpayer’s foreign subsidiaries. The Company has performed an earnings and profits analysis, and as a result of accumulated losses since inception of the Company, there will be no income tax effect in the current or any future period.

Effects of tax law changes where a reasonable estimate of the accounting effects has not yet been made include the inclusion of commissions and performance based compensation in determining the excessive compensation limitation. Other significant provisions that are not yet effective but may impact income taxes in future years include: an exemption from U.S. tax on dividends of future foreign earnings, limitation on the current deductibility of net interest expense in excess of 30 percent of adjusted taxable income, an incremental tax (base erosion anti-abuse tax, or “BEAT”) on excessive amounts paid to foreign related parties, and a minimum tax on certain foreign earnings in excess of 10% of the foreign subsidiaries tangible assets (i.e., global intangiblelow-taxed income, or “GILTI”).

For the GILTI provisions of the 2017 Tax Act, a provisional estimate could not be made as the Company has not completed its assessment or elected an accounting policy to either recognize deferred taxes for basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI or to record GILTI as period costs if and when incurred.

88


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The current portionsubstantial 2017 impact of the severance and other charges was $5.9 million and $8.2 million asenactment of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.the 2017 Tax Act is reflected in the tables below.

9.Income Taxes

The components of loss before taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2014
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2013
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

U.S.

  $(102,284  $(80,969  $(47,755  $(154,065  $(353,038  $(161,513

Foreign

   (2,945   (27,870   (45,327   443    2,988    8,004 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Loss before taxes

$(105,249$(108,839$(93,082  $(153,622  $(350,050  $(153,509
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total income taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2014
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2013
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   ��        

U.S.

  $9,632    $1,496    $(7,045  $(50,122  $(66,677  $(21,956

Foreign

   (3,390   851     1,102     (313   1,185    2,316 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
$6,242  $2,347  $(5,943  $(50,435)   $(65,492)   $(19,640) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Significant components of the (benefit) expense (benefit) for income taxes attributable to loss from continuing operations consist of the following:

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2014
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2013
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Current

            

Foreign

  $588    $760    $1,102    $(259  $437   $1,413 

U.S.—Federal

   —      —      —      —      92    (9,917

U.S.—State and other

   4,633     3,734     3,031     (930   2,320    (59,296
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total current

 5,221   4,494   4,133     (1,189   2,849    (67,800

Deferred

      

Foreign

 (3,633 91   —      (54   748    903 

U.S.—Federal

 3,889   (1,417 (9,201   (54,666   (63,422   28,937 

U.S.—State and other

 765   (821 (875   5,474    (5,667   18,320 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total deferred

 1,021   (2,147 (10,076   (49,246   (68,341   48,160 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

$6,242  $2,347  $(5,943

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $(50,435  $(65,492  $(19,640
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

89


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The reconciliation of the income tax rate computed at the statutory tax rate to the reported income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations is as follows:

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2014
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2013
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2017
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Statutory rate

   (35.0)%  (35.0)%  (35.0)%    (35.0)%  (35.0)%  (35.0)% 

Permanent items

   1.0   2.5   3.7     4.0  0.8  1.8 

UTP interest

   3.3    —     —   

Transfer pricing adjustments

   —     —    (0.1

Reorganization expense

   —     —    5.9  

Bargain purchase gain

   —     —    (11.6

Release/(accrual) of uncertain tax positions

   0.2  (0.3 (33.6

Foreign rate differential

   0.1   6.0   10.3     0.3  (0.1 (0.2

State and local taxes

   1.2   0.3    —      (18.3 (5.9 (10.9

State and local net operating lossre-establishment

   —    (3.3  —   

Increase in valuation allowance

   35.3   28.4   20.4     72.2  25.9  71.6 

Change in valuation allowance due to 2017 Tax Act

   49.0   —     —   

Impact of federal rate change on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to 2017 Tax Act

   (95.9  —     —   

Tax credits

   (1.3 (0.8 (6.5

Adoption of 2016 Accounting Standard related to accounting changes for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees (1)

   (8.0  —     —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effective tax rate

 5.9 2.2 (6.4)%    (32.8)%  (18.7)%  (12.8)% 
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown in the following table:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Tax asset related to

    

Tax assets related to

    

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

  $71,565    $40,021    $229,595   $199,008 

Returns reserve/inventory expense

   61,124     64,264     40,687    64,736 

Pension and postretirement benefits

   8,122     10,488  

Deferred interest (1)

   463,013     483,143  

Pension benefits

   6,977    12,184 

Postretirement benefits

   6,285    9,988 

Deferred interest (2)

   280,246    428,346 

Deferred revenue

   75,577     109,240     122,192    182,051 

Stock-based compensation

   3,992    7,808 

Deferred compensation

   23,084     17,182     5,872    4,557 

Other, net

   26,394     21,163     8,875    12,127 

Valuation allowance

   (550,660   (527,960   (571,653   (759,887
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
 178,219   217,541    133,068   160,918 

Tax liability related to

Intangible assets

 (211,805 (231,186
  2017   2016 

Tax liabilities related to

    

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

   (62,593   (71,380

Definite-lived intangible assets

   (45,644   (82,225

Depreciation and amortization expense

 (54,201 (73,512   (43,426   (75,236

Other, net

 (269 —      (81   —   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
 (266,275 (304,698  (151,744)   (228,841) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$(88,056$(87,157  $(18,676  $(67,923
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

90


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

(1)In March 2016, the FASB issued guidance that changes the accounting for certain aspects of shared-based payments to employees. The Deferred Interestguidance requires the recognition of the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled, thus eliminating additionalpaid-in capital pools. The guidance became effective January 1, 2017 which resulted in the recognition of $12.3 million of previously unrecorded additionalpaid-in capital net operating losses at that time. The additional net operating losses were offset by an increase in the valuation allowance, accordingly no net income tax benefit was recognized as a result of the adoption.

(2)The deferred interest tax asset represents disallowed interest deductions under IRC Section 163(j) (Limitation on Deduction for interest on Certain Indebtedness) for the current and prior years. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had gross deferred interest deductions totaling $1,042.1 million and $1,079.0 million, respectively. The disallowed interest is able to be carried forward indefinitely and utilized in future years pursuant to IRC Section 163(j)(1)(B). A full valuation allowance has been provided against deferred tax assets, netexcluding $3.6 million of foreign deferred tax liabilities, with the exceptionassets which are expected to be realized, net of deferred tax liabilities resulting from long livedindefinite-lived intangibles.

The net deferred tax liability balance is stated at prevailing statutory income tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

   2014   2013 

Current deferred tax assets

  $20,459    $29,842  

Non-current deferred tax assets

   3,705     —   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

   (112,220   (116,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
$(88,056$(87,157
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

   2017   2016 

Non-current deferred tax assets

  $3,593   $3,458 

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

   (22,269   (71,381
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $(18,676)   $(67,923) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

$70,774  
  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $78,634 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

 (105   (62,323

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 3,965     
  

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$74,634  
  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   16,311 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

 (1,984   (855

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 2,853    52 
  

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$75,503  

Balance at December 31, 2016

   15,508 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

    

Additions based on tax positions related to the prior year

   172 
  

 

   

 

 

Reductions based on tax positions related to the prior year

 —   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 3,131  

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $15,680 
  

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$78,634  
  

 

 

The above table has been revised to includeFor the effectsyear ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $0.2 million of an uncertain tax positionbenefits due to its uncertainty around net operating losses that were generated in a foreign jurisdiction.

Attax years ended December 31, 2014 we had $78.6and 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized $0.9 million of gross unrecognizeduncertain tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties), due to the expiration of which $68.5 million, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company expects the amountstatute of unrecognized tax benefit disclosed to be reduced by $52.1 million over the next twelve months.

With a few exceptions, welimitations. We are currently open for audit under the statute of limitation for Federal, state and foreign jurisdictions for years 2011 to 2013.2016. However, carryforward attributes from prior years may still be adjusted upon examination by tax authorities if they are used in a future period.

We report penalties andtax-related interest expense on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. At December 31, 2014

91


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and 2013,per share information)

2017 and 2016, we had $10.9$0.02 million and $8.3$0.02 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Interest and penalties included in the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 20142017, 2016 and 20132015 were $3.5$0.002 million, $0.02 million and $2.4$0.2 million, respectively.

On January 1, 2013, as part of the 2012 Chapter 11 Reorganization, we realized approximately $1.3 billion of cancellation of debt income. We have excluded cancellation of debt income of $1.3 billion from taxable income since the Company was insolvent (liabilities greater than the fair value of its assets) by this amount at the time of the exchange. Although we did not haveneed to pay current cash taxes from this transaction, it reducedwe were required to reduce our tax attributes, such as net operating loss carryovers and tax credit carryovers and also reduced our tax basis of our assets to offset the $1.3 billion of taxable income that did not have to be recognized due to insolvency. As a result, our net operating losses and credit carryforwards were reduced on January 1, 2013, and a portion of our tax basis in our assets were reduced at that time. The Company completed an analysis of thestate-by-state attribute reduction as of December 31, 2016 and as a resultre-established $11.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards (net of federal benefit) for states that decouple from IRC Sec. 1502.

As of December 31, 2014,2017, we have approximately $127.3$602.3 million of Federal tax loss carryforwards, which will expire between 20332034 and 2034.2037. The Company has approximately $124.8$1,189.6 million of state tax loss carryforward, which will expire between 20182019 and 2034.2037. In addition, we have foreign tax credit carryforwards of $1.5$11.9 million and research and development credit carryforwards of $4.2 million, which will expire through 2023.between 2018 and 2027, and 2032 and 2036, respectively. The Company’s United Kingdom and Irish net operating losses of $11.1$26.1 million and $27.2 million, respectively, are not subject to expiration. The Canadian losses ($3.32.2 million federal and $3.6$1.2 million for province purposes)provincial) will expire between December 31, 20292033 and December 31, 2033.

2037. The Puerto Rico alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $2.8 million are not subject to expiration.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousandsUnder Section 382 of dollars, except share and per share information)

In accordance with IRC Sec. 382, if certainthe Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, substantial changes in the entity’sCompany’s ownership occur, there would be an annual limitation onmay limit the amount of the carryforward(s)net operating loss carryforwards that cancould be utilized.

The Company’s deferred tax assetsutilized annually in the table above asfuture to offset taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of the Company of more than 50% within a three-year period. Any such annual limitation may significantly reduce the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards before they expire. The Company performed an analysis through December 31, 20142016, and determined any potential ownership change under Section 382 during the year would not have a material impact on the future utilization of U.S. net operating losses and tax credits. However, future transactions in the Company’s common stock could trigger an ownership change for purposes of Section 382, which could limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other attributes that could be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income, if any. Any such limitation, whether as the result of sales of common stock by our existing stockholders or sales of common stock by the Company, could have a material adverse effect on results of operations in future years.

U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’snon-U.S. subsidiaries have not been provided for as the Company currently plans to indefinitely reinvest these amounts and has the ability to do so. There are no cumulative undistributed and untaxed foreign earnings at December 31, 2013, do not include reductions of $9.1 million2017 and $0.6 million, respectively, related to excess tax benefits from the exercise of employee stock options that are a component of NOLs as these benefits can only be recognized when the related tax deduction reduces income taxes payable.2016.

Based on our assessment of historicalpre-tax losses and the fact that we did not anticipate sufficient future taxable income in the near term to assure utilization of certain deferred tax assets, the Company recorded a valuation allowance at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 of $550.7$571.7 million and $528.0$759.9 million, respectively. We have increaseddecreased our valuation allowance by $22.7 million and $15.8$188.2 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $9.7 million and $0.62017 with $186.7 million of unrecorded additional paid benefit as a component of continuing operations and $1.5 million of benefit as a component of other comprehensive income.

92


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in capital net operating losses, respectively. Allthousands of the Company’s undistributed international earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside of the United States as of December 31, 2014.dollars, except share and per share information)

 

10.9.Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Retirement Plan

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which covers certain employees. The Retirement Plan is a cash balance plan, which accrues benefits based on pay, length of service, and interest. The funding policy is to contribute amounts subject to minimum funding standards set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. The Retirement Plan’s assets consist principally of common stocks, fixed income securities, investments in registered investment companies, and cash and cash equivalents. We also have a nonqualified defined benefit plan, or nonqualified plan, that previously covered employees who earned over the qualified pay limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The nonqualified plan accrues benefits for the participants based on the cash balance plan calculation. The nonqualified plan is not funded. We use a December 31 date to measure the pension and postretirement liabilities. In 2007, both the qualified and nonqualified pension plans eliminated participation in the plans for new employees hired after October 31, 2007.

We also had a foreign defined benefit plan. On May 28, 2014, the plan was converted to individual annuity policies and the liability discharge occurred, which resulted in a settlement charge of approximately $1.7 million. This amount has been recorded to the selling and administrative line in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. The foreign defined benefit plan is included in the accompanying table for year ended December 31, 2013.

We are required to recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and are required to recognize actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and credits in other comprehensive income and subsequently amortize those items in the statement of operations. Further, we are required to use a measurement date equal to the fiscal year end.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Benefit Obligations (“ABO”), the change in Projected Benefit Obligation (“PBO”), and the funded status of our plans as of and for the financial statement period ended December 31, 20142017 and 2013:2016:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

ABO at end of period

  $184,510    $191,519    $176,444   $177,300 

Change in PBO

        

PBO at beginning of period

  $191,519    $204,420    $177,300   $174,110 

Foreign defined benefit plan termination

   (14,934   —   

Service cost

   —      —   

Interest cost on PBO

   7,671     7,405     5,528    5,224 

Plan settlements

   —      (1,446

Actuarial (gain) loss

   13,338     (9,671

Actuarial loss

   6,206    7,521 

Benefits paid

   (13,084   (9,424   (12,590   (9,555

Exchange rates

   —      235  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

PBO at end of period

$184,510  $191,519    $176,444   $177,300 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair market value at beginning of period

$167,114  $155,706    $148,344   $150,384 

Foreign defined benefit plan termination

 (15,152 —   

Plan settlements

 —    (1,446

Actual return

 13,069   11,540     16,477    7,408 

Company contribution

 14,038   10,615     80    107 

Benefits paid

 (13,084 (9,424   (12,590   (9,555

Exchange rates

 —    123  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

$165,985  $167,114    $152,311   $148,344 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Funded status

$(18,525$(24,405

Unfunded status

  $(24,133  $(28,956
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 consist of:

 

   2014   2013 

Noncurrent liabilities

  $(18,525  $(24,405

Additional year-end information for pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of:
   2017   2016 

Noncurrent liabilities

  $(24,133  $(28,956

 

   2014   2013 

PBO

  $184,510    $176,585  

ABO

   184,510     176,585  

Fair value of plan assets

   165,985     151,962  

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of:93

   2014   2013 

Net gain (loss)

  $(18,143  $(9,536
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$(18,143$(9,536
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Additionalyear-end information for pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consist of:

   2017   2016 

PBO

  $176,444   $177,300 

ABO

   176,444    177,300 

Fair value of plan assets

   152,311    148,344 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations (both PBO and ABO) at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 are:

 

  2014 2013   2017 2016 

Discount rate

   3.8 4.6   3.6 4.0

Increase in future compensation

   N/A    N/A     N/A  N/A 

Net periodic pension cost includes the following components:

 

   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  $7,671    $7,405    $8,288  

Expected return on plan assets

   (10,122   (10,124   (9,047

Amortization of net (gain) loss

   —      337     13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension expense

 (2,451 (2,382 (746

Loss (gain) due to settlement

 —    167   84  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cost (gain) recognized for the period

$(2,451$(2,215$(662
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  $5,528   $5,224   $6,719 

Expected return on plan assets

   (9,263   (9,150   (9,756

Amortization of net loss

   804    50    330 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pension expense recognized for the period

  $(2,931  $(3,876  $(2,707
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 are:

 

  2014 2013 2012   2017 2016 2015 

Discount rate

   4.6 3.8 4.4   4.0 4.3 3.8

Increase in future compensation

   N/A    N/A    N/A     N/A  N/A  N/A 

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

   7.0 6.7 6.7   6.3 6.3 6.3

Assumptions on Expected Long-Term Rate of Return as Investment Strategies

We employ a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved congruent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established via a building block approach and proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed for reasonability and appropriateness. We regularly review the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances investments to a targeted allocation when appropriate. The current targeted asset allocation is 30%34% with equity managers, 55%56% with fixed income managers, 5%6% with real-estate investment trust managers and 10%4% with hedge fund managers. For 2014,2018, we will use a 7.0%5.5% long-term rate of return for the Retirement Plan. We will continue to evaluate the expected rate of return assumption, at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

94


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Plan Assets

Plan assets for the U.S. tax qualified plans consist of a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, equity securities, real estate, and cash equivalents. Plan assets do not include any of our securities. The U.S. pension plan assets are invested in a variety of funds within a Collective Trust (“Trust”). The Trust is a group trust designed to permit qualified trusts to comingle their assets for investment purposes ontax-exempt basis. As of December 31, 2013, the U.K pension plan assets were invested in a single bulk annuity policy with a third party.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

Investment Policy and Investment Targets

The tax qualified plans consist of the U.S. pension plan and the U.K. pension scheme (prior to May 28, 2014). It is our practice toWe fund amounts for our qualified pension plans at least sufficient to meet minimum requirements of local benefit and tax laws. The investment objectives of our pension plan asset investments is to provide long-term total growth and return, which includes capital appreciation and current income. The nonqualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan is generally not funded. Assets were invested among several asset classes.

The percentage of assets invested in each asset class at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 is shown below.

 

2014Percentage
in Each
Asset ClassAsset Class

Equity

29.7

Fixed income

55.1

Real estate investment trust

5.1

Other

10.1

100.0

2013Percentage
in Each
Asset ClassAsset Class

Equity

37.8

Fixed income

43.7

Real estate investment trust

3.9

Annuity policies

8.9

Other

5.7

100.0

Asset Class  2017
Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
  2016
Percentage
in Each
Asset Class
 

Equity

   32.9  32.9

Fixed income

   55.3   53.6 

Real estate investment trust

   6.5   6.4 

Other

   5.3   7.1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   100.0  100.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of our pension plan assets by asset category and by level at December 31 were as follows:

 

 Year ended
December 31,
2014
 Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   December 31,
2017
   Not subject
to leveling(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,436   $1,436   $—     $835   $835 

Equity securities

       

U.S. equity

 28,630    —    28,630     29,749    29,749 

Non U.S. equity

 14,844    —    14,844  

Non-US equity

   14,306    14,306 

Emerging markets equity

 5,763    —    5,763     6,004    6,004 

Fixed Income

   

Fixed income

    

Government bonds

 22,430    —    22,430     24,203    24,203 

Corporate bonds

 47,774    —    47,774     42,909    42,909 

Mortgage-backed securities

 9,742    —    9,742     8,621    8,621 

Asset-backed securities

 1,534    —    1,534     1,782    1,782 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

 2,291    —    2,291  

International Fixed Income

 6,610    —    6,610  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   2,070    2,070 

International fixed income

   4,738    4,738 

Alternatives

       

Real Estate

 8,472    —    8,472  

Real estate

   9,848    9,848 

Hedge funds

 15,283    —    15,283     7,246    7,246 

Other

 1,176    —    1,176  
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
$165,985  $1,436  $164,549    $152,311   $152,311 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

95


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

 For the
Year ended
December 31,
2013
 Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   December 31,
2016
   Not subject
to leveling(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,619   $1,619   $—     $862   $862 

Equity securities

       

U.S. equity

 41,544    —    41,544     30,727    30,727 

Non U.S. equity

 20,156    —    20,156  

Non-U.S. equity

   12,797    12,797 

Emerging markets equity

 1,550    —    1,550     5,311    5,311 

Fixed Income

   

Fixed income

    

Government bonds

 20,230    —    20,230     19,511    19,511 

Corporate bonds

 38,050    —    38,050     43,156    43,156 

Mortgage-backed securities

 10,750    —    10,750     7,987    7,987 

Asset-backed securities

 700    —    700     2,101    2,101 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

 513    —    513  

International Fixed Income

 2,767    —    2,767  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   1,931    1,931 

International fixed income

   4,881    4,881 

Alternatives

       

Real Estate

 6,485    —    6,485  

Real estate

   9,472    9,472 

Hedge funds

 7,017    —    7,017     8,518    8,518 

Annuity policies

 14,932    —    14,932  

Other

 801    —    801     1,090    1,090 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
$167,114  $1,619  $165,495    $148,344   $148,344 
 

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

(1)Investments that are valued using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.

We recognize that risk and volatility are present to some degree with all types of investments. However, high levels of risk are minimized through diversification by asset class, by style of each fund.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid.

 

Fiscal Year Ended  Pension 

2015

   17,225  

2016

   17,258  

2017

   18,061  

2018

   17,969  

2019

   9,901  

2020—2024

   48,154  
Fiscal Year Ended  Pension 
2018  $14,473 
2019   12,774 
2020   12,660 
2021   14,912 
2022   13,171 
2023—2027   63,716 

Expected Contributions

We do not expect to contribute approximately $6.8 million in 2015;2018, however, the actual funding decision will be made after the 20152017 valuation is completed.

Postretirement Benefit Plan

We also provide postretirement medical benefits to retired full-time, nonunion employees hired before April 1, 1992, who have provided a minimum of five years of service and attained age 55.

96


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

During 2012, we amended the postretirement medical benefits plan, resulting in the benefit contributions for certain participants to remain at the current year level for all future years. The result of the plan change was to reduce our accrued postretirement benefits liability by approximately $8.7 million with the offset to other comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting guidance for other postretirement defined benefit plans.

The following table summarizes the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (“APBO”), the changes in plan assets, and the funded status of our plan as of and for the financial statement periods ended December 31, 20142017 and 2013.2016.

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Change in APBO

        

APBO at beginning of period

  $26,001    $29,573    $24,012   $25,567 

Service cost (benefits earned during the period)

   179     222     134    163 

Interest cost on APBO

   1,361     1,275     771    876 

Employee contributions

   591     641     89    253 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   3,611     (2,513

Plan amendments

   —      594 

Actuarial (gain)

   (1,248   (1,131

Benefits paid

   (3,206   (3,197   (1,855   (2,310
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

APBO at end of period

$28,537  $26,001    $21,903   $24,012 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Fair market value at beginning of period

$—   $—     $—     $—   

Company contributions

 2,615   2,556     1,766    2,057 

Employee contributions

 591   641     89    253 

Benefits paid

 (3,206 (3,197   (1,855   (2,310
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Fair market value at end of period

$—   $—     $—     $—   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Funded status

$(28,537$(26,001

Unfunded status

  $(21,903  $(24,012
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Amounts for postretirement benefits accrued in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 consist of:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Current liabilities

  $(2,037  $(2,141  $(1,618  $(1,928

Noncurrent liabilities

   (26,500   (23,860   (20,285   (22,084
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net amount recognized

$(28,537$(26,001  $(21,903  $(24,012
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 consist of:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Net gain (loss)

  $(6,087  $(2,476

Net (loss)

  $(1,328  $(2,588

Prior service cost

   4,876     6,257     222    1,561 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$(1,211$3,781    $(1,106  $(1,027
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine APBO atyear-end December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 are:

 

  2014 2013   2017 2016 

Discount rate

   3.9 4.7   3.6 4.1

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   6.9 7.1   6.3 6.6

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
(ultimate trend rate)

   4.5 4.5   4.5 4.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2027   2027     2038  2038 

97


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:

 

  2014   2013   2012   2017   2016   2015 

Service cost

  $179    $222    $250    $134   $163   $205 

Interest cost on APBO

   1,183     1,095     1,269     771    876    1,081 

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

   (1,381   (1,381   (1,035   (1,339   (1,339   (1,381

Amortization of net (gain) loss

   —      309     —   

Amortization of net loss

   13    86    220 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit expense

$(19$245  $484  

Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) expense

  $(421  $(214  $125 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Significant actuarial assumptions used to determine postretirement benefit cost at December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 are:

 

  2014 2013 2012   2017 2016 2015 

Discount rate

   4.7 3.8 4.5   4.1 4.4 3.9

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   7.1 7.4 7.6   6.6 6.9 6.9

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   4.5 4.5 4.5   4.5 4.5 4.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2027   2027   2027     2038  2038  2027 

Assumed health care trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. Aone-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the expense recorded in 20142017 and 20132016 for the postretirement medical plan:

 

  2014   2013   2017   2016 

One-percentage-point increase

        

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

  $12    $12    $7   $8 

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   246     298     117    182 

One-percentage-point decrease

        

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   (11   (11   (6   (7

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   (223   (190   (104   (160

The following table presents the change in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 20142017 related to our pension and postretirement obligations.

 

   Pension
Plans
  

Postretirement
Benefit

Plan

  Total 

Sources of change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

    

Net loss arising during the period

  $(10,370 $(3,611 $(13,981

Amortization of prior service credit

   —     (1,381  (1,381
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss recognized during the period

$(10,370$(4,992$(15,362
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) over the next fiscal year.
   Pension
Plans
   Postretirement
Benefit

Plan
   Total 

Sources of change in accumulated other comprehensive loss

      

Net gain arising during the period

  $(1,008  $(1,248  $(2,256

Amortization of prior service credit

   —      1,339    1,339 

Amortization of net (gain) loss

   (804   (13   (817
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income recognized during the period

  $(1,812  $78   $(1,734
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

Total

Pension

Plans

   

Total

Postretirement

Plan

 

Prior service credit (cost)

  $—     $1,381 

Net gain (loss)

   (331   (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
$(331$1,161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

98


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) over the next fiscal year.

   

Total

Pension

Plans

   

Total

Postretirement

Plan

 

Prior service credit (cost)

  $—     $690 

Net gain (loss)

   (1,420   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $(1,420  $690 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost for pension plans and postretirement plan and recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consist of:

   2017   2016 

Net loss

  $(33,456  $(35,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $(33,456  $(35,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 

Fiscal Year Ended  

Postretirement

Plan

 

2015

   2,037  

2016

   1,951  

2017

   1,925  

2018

   1,858  

2019

   1,844  

2020-2024

   8,918  
Fiscal Year Ended  

Postretirement

Plan

 

2018

  $1,617 

2019

   1,605 

2020

   1,573 

2021

   1,546 

2022

   1,517 

2023-2027

   7,094 

Expected Contribution

We expect to contribute approximately $2.0$1.6 million in 2015.2018.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan, the Houghton Mifflin 401(k) Savings Plan, which conforms to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and covers substantially all of our eligible employees. Participants may elect to contribute up to 50.0% of their compensation subject to an annual limit. We provide a matching contribution in amounts up to 3.0% of employee contributions. The 401(k) contribution expense amounted to $5.7$8.0 million, $5.4$7.7 million and $4.9$6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. We did not make any additional discretionary contributions in 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012.2015.

 

11.10.Stock-Based Compensation

Total compensation expense related to grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan recorded in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $10.8 million, $10.6 million and $12.5 million, respectively, and is included in selling and administrative expense.

99


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Plan”) in February 2015, which became effective on May 19, 2015 following stockholder approval. The Plan provides to grant up to an aggregate of 4,000,000 million shares of our common stock plus 2,615,476 million shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under the 2012 Management Incentive Plan (“2012 MIP”) became effective on June 22, 2012. Theas of May 19, 2015 but were not issuable pursuant to any outstanding awards. There were 10,604,071 million additional shares underlying outstanding awards under the 2012 MIP providesas of May 19, 2015 that could have otherwise become available again for grants under the 2012 MIP in the future (by potential forfeiture, withholding or otherwise) which will instead become reserved for issuance under the Plan in the event such shares become available for future grants.

Our Compensation Committee may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, to employees,incentive (qualified) stock options or cash, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock andawards, restricted stock units, to employees and independent membersperformance compensation awards, other stock-based awards or any combination of the board offoregoing. Certain employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have been selected by the Compensation Committee and who enter into an award agreement with respect to an award granted to them under the Plan are eligible for awards under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The stock option awards will be granted at a strike price equal to or greater than the fair value per share of common stock as of the date of grant. The stock related to award forfeitures and stock withheld to cover tax withholding requirements upon vesting of restricted stock units remains outstanding and may be reallocated to new recipients. ThereThe purpose of the Plan is to help us attract and retain key personnel by providing them the opportunity to acquire an equity interest in our Company.

As of May 19, 2015, there were 16,374,2706,615,476 shares authorized and available for issuance on June 22, 2012.under the Plan plus any amount that could have otherwise become available again for grants under the 2012 MIP in the future by forfeiture, withholding or otherwise. As of December 31, 2014,2017, there were 3,217,7347,166,644 shares of common stock underlying awards reservedauthorized and available for future issuance under the MIP.

Plan. The vesting terms for equity awards generally range from 1 to 4 years over equal annual installments and generally expire seven years after the date of grant. Restricted

Stock Options

The following table summarizes option activity for certain employees in our stock is common stock that is subject to a riskoptions:

   

Number of

Shares

   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   5,499,837   $14.13 

Granted

   1,289,375    11.17 

Exercised

   (39,200   13.06 

Forfeited

   (2,978,664   13.73 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   3,771,348   $13.45 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017

   3,387,771   $13.56 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2017

   2,048,934   $13.72 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of forfeiture only upon voluntary termination or termination for cause, as defined. Total compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted stock issuances recorded in the years ended December 31, 20142017, the range of exercise prices is $9.60 to $22.80 with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.0 years for options outstanding. The weighted average remaining contractual life for options vested and 2013expected to vest and exercisable was approximately $11.4 million3.8 years and $9.5 million respectively, and was recorded in selling and administrative expense. Total compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted stock issuances recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $6.3 million of which approximately $4.3 million was recorded in selling and administrative expense and approximately $2.0 million was recorded in reorganization items, net.2.2 years, respectively. The intrinsic

100


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Stock Options

The following tables summarize option activity for HMH employees in stock options for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

   

Number of

Shares

   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   9,904,562    $12.50  

Granted

   3,632,012     13.32  

Forfeited

   (994,456   12.51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 12,542,118  $12.74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

 943,600   19.86  

Exercised

 (1,876,566 12.65  

Forfeited

 (641,000 13.31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 10,968,152  $13.33  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options Exercisable at end of year

 4,357,248  $12.66  

The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option as of the balance sheet date. The intrinsic value of options outstanding, vested and expected to vest and exercisable was approximately $81.0 million and $35.1 million, respectively,zero at December 31, 20142017 and approximately $53.0 million and $14.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. There was no intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2012.2016.

We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected volatility of our stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and our expected annual dividend yield.

The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

  

For the

Year Ended

December 31,

2014

 

For the

Year Ended

December 31,

2013

 

For the

Year Ended

December 31,

2012

   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Expected term (years) (a)

   4.75   4.75   4.0     4.75    4.75    4.75 

Expected dividend yield

   0.00 0.00 0.00   0.00%    0.00%    0.00% 

Expected volatility (b)

   20.40%-22.63 21.42%-24.55 24.21%-26.54   25.22%-25.50%    23.86%-24.26%    20.52%-23.50% 

Risk-free interest rate (c)

   1.49%-1.82 0.75%-1.71 0.67%-0.76   1.94%-1.99%    1.20%-1.31%    1.53%-1.72% 

 

 (a)The expected term is the number of years that we estimate that options will be outstanding prior to exercise. We have used the simplified method for estimating the expected term as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The simplified method represents the best estimate of the expected term.
 (b)We have estimated volatility for options granted based on the historical volatility for a group of companies (including our own) believed to be a representative peer group, and were selected based on industry and market capitalization, due to lack of sufficient historical publicly traded prices of our own common stock.capitalization.
 (c)The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a period commensurate with the expected life of the option.

The accounting standard for stock-based compensation requires companies toWe estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded only for those awards expected to vest using an estimated forfeiture raterates based on historical forfeiture data coupled withdata.

As of December 31, 2017, there remained approximately $3.6 million of unearned compensation expense related to unvested stock options to be recognized over a weighted average term of 3.3 years.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $2.85, $4.25 and estimated derived forfeiture rate of peers.$4.82 for options granted in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

101


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

As of December 31, 2014, there remained approximately $13.5 million of unearned compensation expense related to unvested stock options to be recognized over a weighted average term of 2.0 years.

The weighted average grant date fair value was $4.18, $2.82Restricted Stock and $2.76 for options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding and exercisable under the plan at December 31, 2014:

Options Outstanding

   Options Exercisable 

Range of

Exercise

Price

  Options
Outstanding at
December 31,
2014
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual life
   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Options
Exercisable at
December 31,
2014
   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$12.50

   8,193,586     4.6    $12.50     4,017,380    $12.50  

$13.48

   1,666,966     5.5    $13.48     236,868    $13.48  

$14.78—$17.84

   324,000     6.4    $16.67     71,000    $15.60  

$18.28

   6,600     6.4    $18.28     —      —    

$18.51

   40,000     6.4    $18.51     —      —    

$18.80

   20,000     6.7    $18.80     —      —    

$19.24

   10,000     6.0    $19.24     —      —    

$19.89

   32,000     9.2    $19.89     32,000    $19.89  

$20.35

   50,000     6.3    $20.35     —      —    

$20.49

   625,000     6.9    $20.49     —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

$12.50—$20.49

 10,968,152   4.9  $13.33   4,357,248  $12.66  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for grants to certain employees and independent members of the board of directors in our restricted stock and restricted stock units:

 

  

Numbers of

Units

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

   Restricted Stock   Restricted Stock Units 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   44,400    $12.50  

Granted

   221,802     14.11  

Vested

   (44,400   12.50  
  

 

   

 

   

Numbers of

Units

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

   

Numbers of

Units

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 221,802  $14.11  
  

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   322,559   $20.10    857,787   $18.26 

Granted

 86,239  $18.82     —      —      1,649,236    11.65 

Vested

 (135,136 13.12     (21,890   20.10    (314,555   16.08 

Forfeited

 (1,040 19.24     (27,014   20.10    (364,552   13.56 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 171,865  $17.22  

Balance at December 31, 2017

   273,655   $20.10    1,827,916   $13.37 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

During 2017 and 2016, we granted market-based restricted stock units to certain members of our senior management team. The number of shares ultimately issued to the recipient is based on the total shareholder return (TSR) of our common stock as compared to the TSR of the common stock of a peer group comprised of each member of the Russell 2000 Small Cap Market Index over a three-year performance measurement period. In addition, award recipients must remain employed by us throughout the three-year performance measurement period to attain the full amount of the market-based units that satisfy the market performance criteria. We determined the fair value of the 2017 and 2016 market-based restricted stock units to be approximately $2.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. We determined the fair value based on a Monte Carlo simulation as of the date of grant, utilizing the following assumptions: the stock price on the date of grant of $11.05 and $12.95 for 2017, and $19.57 for 2016, a three-year performance measurement period, and a risk-free rate of 1.45% and 0.96% for 2017 and 2016, respectively. We recognize the expense on these awards on a straight-line basis over the three-year performance measurement period.

As of December 31, 2017, there remained approximately $12.2 million of unearned compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units to be recognized over a weighted average term of 1.9 years. There was approximately no unearned compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock. The restricted stock and restricted stock units include a combination of time-based and performance-based vesting.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) in February 2015, which became effective on May 19, 2015 following stockholder approval. The ESPP provides for up to an aggregate of 1.3 million shares of our common stock may be made available for sale under the plan to eligible employees. At the beginning of eachsix-month offering period under the ESPP each participant is deemed to have been granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock equal to the amount of their payroll deductions during the period, but in any event not more than five percent of the employee’s eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations. Such options may be exercised only to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions at the end of the offering period, at a purchase price per share equal to 85% of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning or end of each offering period, whichever is less. As of December 31, 2017, there were approximately 1.0 million shares available for future issuance under the ESPP.

102


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Information related to shares issued or to be issued in connection with the ESPP based on employee contributions and the range of purchase prices is as follows:

   December 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

Shares issued or to be issued

   165,145    178,112 

Range of purchase prices

  $7.91—$9.22     $9.22—$13.29   

We record stock-based compensation expense related to the discount provided to participants. Also, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of shares issued under the employee stock purchase plan. We recognize expense related to shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan ratably over the offering period. We recognized $0.5 million in expense associated with our ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Warrants

Following our emergence from Chapter 11 on June 22, 2012 and in accordance with the plan of reorganization, after giving effect of the2-for-1 stock split, there were 7,368,422 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants under the 2012 MIP. Each existing common stockholder prior to bankruptcy received its pro rata share of warrants to purchase 5% of the common stock of the Company, subject to dilution for equity awards issued in connection with the 2012 MIP. The warrants have a term of seven years. As of December 31, 2017, there were warrants outstanding for the purchase of 7,297,909 shares of common stock at a strike price of $21.14.

12.11.Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The accounting standard establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1

Observable input such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

Observable inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of three valuation techniques identified in the tables below. Where more than one technique is noted, individual assets or liabilities were valued using one or more of the noted techniques. The valuation techniques are as follows:

 

 (a) Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities;

 

 (b) Cost approach: Amount that would be currently required to replace the service capacity of an asset (current replacement cost); and

 

 (c) Income approach: Valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on market expectations (including present value techniques).

103


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, including our money market funds, short-term investments which consist of U.S. treasury securities and U.S. agency securities, and foreign exchange forward contracts, and optioninterest rate derivatives contracts. The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty and its credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables present our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013:2016:

 

   2014   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

Financial assets

        

Money market funds

  $438,907    $438,907    $—      (a)

U.S. treasury securities

   93,004     93,004     —      (a)

U.S. agency securities

   194,028     —       194,028    (a)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$725,939  $531,911  $194,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Financial liabilities

Foreign exchange derivatives

$1,370  $—    $1,370  (a)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$1,370  $—    $1,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   2017   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

 

Financial assets

        

Money market funds

  $115,464   $115,464   $—      (a) 

U.S. treasury securities

   16,065    16,065    —      (a) 

U.S. agency securities

   70,384    —      70,384    (a) 

Foreign exchange derivatives

   351    —      351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $202,264   $131,529   $70,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Financial liabilities

        

Interest rate derivatives

  $1,159   $—     $1,159    (a) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $1,159   $—     $1,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

  2013   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

   2016   

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Valuation

Technique

 

Financial assets

                

Money market funds

  $259,031    $259,031    $—       (a  $184,968   $184,968   $—      (a) 

U.S. treasury securities

   57,076     57,076     —       (a   14,457    14,457    —      (a) 

U.S. agency securities

   54,645     —       54,645     (a   66,384    —      66,384    (a) 

Foreign exchange derivatives

   222     —       222     (a
  

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   
$370,974  $316,107  $54,867    $265,809   $199,425   $66,384   
  

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

Financial liabilities

        

Foreign exchange derivatives

  $816   $—     $816    (a) 

Interest rate derivatives

   6,108    —      6,108    (a) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   
  $6,924   $—     $6,924   
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

Our money market funds and U.S. treasury securities are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments. Our U.S. agency securities are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using other than

104


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

quoted prices in active markets. In addition to $438.9$115.5 million and $259.0$185.0 million invested in money market funds as of December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013,2016, respectively, we had $17.7$33.5 million and $54.6$41.1 million of cash invested in bank accounts as of December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013,2016, respectively.

Our foreign exchange derivatives consist of forward and option contracts and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments. We use foreign exchange forward and option contracts to fix the functional currency value of forecasted commitments, payments and receipts. The aggregate notional amount of the outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts was $18.7$15.8 million and $24.1$16.2 million at December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013,2016, respectively. Our foreign exchange forward and option contracts contain netting provisions to mitigate credit risk in the event of counterparty default, including payment default and cross default. At December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013,2016, the fair value of our counterparty default exposure was less than $1.0 million and spread across several highly rated counterparties.

Our interest rate derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on observable inputs and are available for substantially the full term of our derivative instruments. Our interest rate risk relates primarily to U.S. dollar borrowings, partially offset by U.S. dollar cash investments. We have historically used interest rate derivative instruments to manage our earnings and cash flow exposure to changes in interest rates by converting floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt. The following table presentsaggregate notional amount of the outstanding interest rate derivative instruments was $400.0 million as of December 31, 2017. We designate these derivative instruments either as fair value or cash flow hedges under the accounting guidance related to derivatives and hedging. We record changes in the value of fair value hedges in interest expense, which is generally offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged debt obligation. Interest payments made or received related to our nonfinancialinterest rate derivative instruments are included in interest expense. We record the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges as unrealized gains or losses in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until the hedged cash flow occurs, at which point the effective portion of any gain or loss is reclassified to earnings. In the event the hedged cash flow does not occur, or it becomes no longer probable that it will occur, we reclassify the amount of any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to interest expense at that time.

We believe we do not have significant concentrations of credit risk arising from our interest rate derivative instruments, whether from an individual counterparty or a related group of counterparties. We manage the concentration of counterparty credit risk on our interest rate derivatives instruments by limiting acceptable counterparties to a diversified group of major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings, limiting the amount of credit exposure to each counterparty, and actively monitoring their credit ratings and outstanding fair values on an ongoing basis. Furthermore, none of our derivative transactions contain provisions that are dependent on our credit ratings from any credit rating agency.

We also employ master netting arrangements that reduce our counterparty payment settlement risk on any given maturity date to the net amount of any receipts or payments due between us and the counterparty financial institution. Thus, the maximum loss due to counterparty credit risk is limited to the unrealized gains in such contracts net of any unrealized losses should any of these counterparties fail to perform as contracted. Although these protections do not eliminate concentrations of credit risk, as a result of the above considerations, we do not consider the risk of counterparty default to be significant.

Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities

Ournon-financial assets, which include goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant, and liabilitiesequipment, andpre-publication costs, are not required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2014 and 2013:recurring basis. However, if

 

   2014   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique

Nonfinancial assets

        

Investment in preferred stock

  $—      $—      $1,279    (b)

Other intangible assets

   3,800     3,800     400    (a)(c)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$3,800  $3,800  $1,679  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

105


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

   2013   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique

Nonfinancial assets

        

Property, plant, and equipment

  $—      $—      $7,439    (b)

Pre-publication costs

   —       —       1,061    (b)

Other intangible assets

   4,200     4,200     500    (a)(c)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$4,200  $4,200  $9,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Nonfinancial liabilities

Contingent consideration liability associated with acquisitions

$1,881  $1,881  $—    (c)
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$1,881  $1,881  $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Our nonfinancial assets, which include goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant, and equipment, and pre-publication costs, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain trigger events occur, or if an annual impairment test is required, we evaluate the nonfinancialnon-financial assets for impairment. If an impairment did occur, the asset is required to be recorded at the estimated fair value. There were nonon-financial liabilities that were required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2017 and 2016.

We reviewThe following table presents our nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2017 and 2016:

   2017   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

  $—     $—     $9,119    (c

Pre-publication costs

   —      —      3,980    (c
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  $—     $—     $13,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

   2016   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

   Total
Impairment
   Valuation
Technique
 

Nonfinancial assets

        

Other intangible assets

  $65,400   $65,400   $139,205    (a)(c) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The carrying amounts of software and platform development costs, included within property, plant, and equipment, for impairment.are periodically compared to net realizable value and impairment charges are recorded, as appropriate, when amounts expected to be realized are lower. During the year ended December 31, 2017 in connection with our 2017 Restructuring Plan, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.1 million related to a certain long-lived asset included within property, plant, and equipment as the carrying amount of the asset is no longer recoverable based on projected cash flows, which was classified as Level 3 due to significant unobservable inputs. There was no impairment of property, plant, and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, software development costs of $7.4 million were impaired as the products will not be sold in the marketplace.2016.

Pre-publication costs recorded on the balance sheet are periodically reviewed for impairment by comparing the unamortized capitalized costs of the assets to the fair value of those assets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 million as the products will no longer be sold in the marketplace. There was no impairment ofpre-publication costs for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2013, pre-publication costs of $1.1 million were impaired as the programs will not be sold in the marketplace.2016.

In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we first compare our reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. We estimate the fair values of our reporting units by considering market multiple and recent transaction values of peer companies, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no impairment recorded for goodwill for the years ended December 31, 20142017 and 2013.2016.

We perform an impairment test for our other intangible assets by comparing the assets fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated based on recent market transactions, where available, and projected discounted cash flows, if reasonably estimable. There was no impairment of other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2017. There was a $0.4 million and $0.5$139.2 million impairment recorded for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20142016 for intangible assets due to the carrying value of four specific tradenames within the Education business segment exceeding the implied fair value, primarily due to the Company making the strategic decision to gradually migrate away from specific imprints, primarily the Holt McDougal and 2013, respectively, relating

106


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to twoConsolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

various supplemental brands, and to market our products under the corporate Houghton Mifflin Harcourt and HMH names. In connection with the tradename impairment test, we performed a discounted cash flow analysis using a relief from royalty method on a specific tradename basis. We used a weighted average royalty rate of 4.1%, weighted average discount rate of 9.1% and maximum long-term growth rates of 2.0%. The $65.4 million presented in the table above represents the net book value of the other intangible assets.assets that were subject to impairment immediately after the $139.2 million impairment was recorded. The fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets are estimates, which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from these estimates.

Other accruals include restructuring charges which were valued using our internal estimates using a discounted cash flow model, and we have classified the other accruals as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of an acquisition-related contingent consideration liability is affected most significantly by changes in the estimated probabilities of the contingencies being achieved.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The following table presents a summary of changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities measured on a recurring basis for 2014 and 2013:

   Level 3
Inputs
Liabilities
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $5,055  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability, included in selling and administrative expenses

   (1,781

Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability, included in interest expense

   182  

Payments of contingent consideration liability

   (1,575
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 1,881  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability, included in selling and administrative expenses

 (2,000

Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability, included in interest expense

 119  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$—    
  

 

 

 

Fair Value of Debt

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair market values of our debt at December 31, 20142017 and December 31, 2013.2016. The fair value of debt is deemed to be the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016 
  Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

Debt

                

$250,000 Term loan

  $243,125    $242,517    $245,625    $247,774  

Term Loan

  $768,194   $710,579   $772,738   $732,169 

The fair market values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices on a private exchange for those instruments that are traded and are classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 20142017 and 2013.2016. The fair market values require varying degrees of management judgment. The factors used to estimate these values may not be valid on any subsequent date. Accordingly, the fair market values of the debt presented may not be indicative of their future values.

 

13.12.Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations

We have operating leases for various real property, office facilities, and warehouse equipment that expire at various dates through 2019.2022 and thereafter. Certain leases contain renewal and escalation clauses for a proportionate share of operating expenses.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

The future minimum rental commitments under all noncancelable leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) for real estate and equipment are payable as follows:

 

  Operating
Leases
   Operating
Leases
 

2015

   42,547  

2016

   36,883  

2017

   18,949  

2018

   14,786    $38,854 

2019

   11,997     36,819 

2020

   28,641 

2021

   28,963 

2022

   27,172 

Thereafter

   33,600     209,485 
  

 

   

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 158,762    $369,934 
  

 

   

 

 

Total future minimal rentals under subleases

 26,239    $11,803 
  

 

 

107


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 rent expense, net of sublease income, was $26.8$40.2 million, $33.9$32.1 million and $38.0$26.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, the rent expense included a $2.3$6.6 million, $2.2$3.3 million and $4.1$0.4 million charge, as additional real estate was vacated.

Commitments and Contingencies

We are involved in ordinary and routine litigation and matters incidental to our business. Litigation alleging infringement of copyrights and other intellectual property rights has become extensiveis common in the educational publishing industry. Specifically, there have been various settled, pending and threatened litigation that allege we exceeded the print run limitation or other restrictions in licenses granted to us to reproduce photographs in our textbooks. During 2016, we settled all such pending or actively threatened litigations alleging infringement of copyrights, and made total settlement payments of $10.0 million, collectively. We received approximately $4.5 million of insurance recovery proceeds during the first quarter of 2017.

While management believes that there is a reasonable possibility we may incur a loss associated with theother pending and threatened litigation, we are not able to estimate such amount, but we do not expect any of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We have insurance over such amounts and with coverage and deductibles as management believes is reasonable. There can be no assurance that our liability insurance will cover all events or that the limits of coverage will be sufficient to fully cover all liabilities.

In connection with an agreement with a development content provider, we agreed to act as guarantor to that party’s loan to finance such development. Such guarantee is expected to remain until 2020. Under the guarantee, we believe the maximum future payments to approximate $14.0 million. If in the unlikely event that we were required to make payments on behalf of the development content provider, we would have recourse against the development content provider.

We were contingently liable for $11.3$2.5 million and $23.0$4.1 million of performance relatedperformance-related surety bonds for our operating activities as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively. An aggregate of $20.2$25.2 million and $19.7$31.7 million of letters of credit existed each year at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 of which $0.1 million and $2.4 million backed the aforementioned performance relatedperformance-related surety bonds each year in 20142017 and 2013.2016, respectively.

We routinely enter into standard indemnification provisions as part of license agreements involving use of our intellectual property. These provisions typically require us to indemnify and hold harmless licensees in connection with any infringement claim by a third party relating to the intellectual property covered by the license agreement. The assessment business routinely enters into contracts with customers that contain provisions requiring us to indemnify the customer against a broad array of potential liabilities resulting from any breach of the contract or the invalidity of the test. Although the term of these provisions and the maximum potential amounts of future payments we could be required to make is not limited, we have never incurred any costs to defend or settle claims related to these types of indemnification provisions. We therefore believe the estimated fair value of these provisions is inconsequential, and have no liabilities recorded for them as of December 31, 20142017 and 2016.

108


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

13.Stockholders’ Equity

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following at December 31, 2013.2017, 2016 and 2015:

   2017   2016   2015 

Net change in pension and benefit plan liabilities

  $(39,501  $(41,235  $(31,298

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (5,753   (5,862   (4,642

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

   (108   (90   (147

Net change in unrealized loss on derivative instruments

   (1,160   (6,108   (3,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $(46,522  $(53,295  $(39,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 relating to the amortization of defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans totaled approximately $(0.7) million, $0.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and affected the selling and administrative line item in the consolidated statement of operations. These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost.

Stock Repurchase Program

Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion in aggregate value of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2017, there was approximately $482.0 million available for share repurchases under this authorization. The aggregate share repurchase program may be executed through December 31, 2018. Repurchases under the program may be made from time to time in the open market (including under a trading plan) or in privately negotiated transactions. The extent and timing of any such repurchases would generally be at our discretion and subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other considerations. Any repurchased shares may be used for general corporate purposes. There was no share repurchase activity for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company’s share repurchase activity was as follows:

   Year Ended
December 31, 2017
   Year Ended
December 31, 2016
   Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cost of repurchases

  $—     $55,017   $463,013 

Shares repurchased

   —      2,903,566    21,591,446 

Average cost per share

  $—     $18.95   $21.44 

In connection with the Company’s stock repurchase program, during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock from certain of its stockholders who (through affiliates of such stockholders) each beneficially owned more than 5% of the Company’s common stock at certain points during 2015. On May 20, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 6,521,739 shares from affiliates of Paulson & Co. Inc. (“Paulson”), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $150.0 million. On June 30, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 1,306,977 shares from affiliates of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33.5 million. On September 11, 2015, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 439,560 shares from affiliates of Paulson, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million. The purchase prices for these shares were based on negotiated fair values which approximated either the closing prices of the shares or a modest discount to the closing price. The purchase prices from these share repurchases are included within repurchases of common

109


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Concentrationstock under cash flows from financing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

As ofcash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, no individual customer comprised more than 10% of our accounts receivable balance. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited2015 and we have not experienced significant write-downs in our accounts receivable balances.

As of December 31, 2013, two customers represented approximately $104.8 million, or 32.9%, of our accounts receivable, net balance and there existed a payable by the Company to one of the same customerswithin treasury stock under stockholders’ equity in the amount of $4.6 million and there is a contractual right to offset with such customer.accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

14.Related Party Transactions

As discussed in Note 2, upon the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were issued post-emergence shares of new common stock pursuant to the final Plan on a pro rata basis. Certain of these holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan. The amount of the gain attributable to the debt to equity conversion, net of elimination of fees and other charges, of $1,010.3 million, which is associated to the holders of the Term Loan, Revolving Loan, and 10.5% Senior Notes that were also equity holders prior to the consummation of the Plan, was charged to capital in excess of par value.

A company controlled by an immediate family member of our former Chief Executive Officer performedweb-design services for the Company in 2014.2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014,2015, we were billed $0.4$0.1 million for those services.

Pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, we paid approximately $10.5 million in underwriting fees and commissions and other offering expenses on behalf of Paulson for a secondary public offering of 12,161,595 shares of our common stock sold by affiliates of Paulson on May 20, 2015, which is included in the selling and administrative line item in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Prior to giving effect to the sale of the common stock in such offering, Paulson was the beneficial owner of more than 15% of our outstanding common stock.

For a description of the repurchases of common stock from certain stockholders, and the effects of these repurchases on our financial statements, refer to Note 13, “Stockholders’ Equity—Stock Repurchase Program.

There were no related party transactions during 2017 and 2016.

 

15.Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
 For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Numerator

          

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $(111,491 $(111,186 $(87,139  $(103,187  $(284,558  $(133,869
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Denominator

      

Weighted average shares outstanding

      

Basic

 140,594,689   139,928,650   340,918,128     122,949,064    122,418,474    136,760,107 

Diluted

 140,594,689   139,928,650   340,918,128     122,949,064    122,418,474    136,760,107 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

$(0.79$(0.79$(0.26  $(0.84  $(2.32  $(0.98

Diluted

$(0.79$(0.79$(0.26  $(0.84  $(2.32  $(0.98

As we incurred a net loss in each of the periods presented above, all outstanding stock options, andrestricted stock, restricted stock units, and warrants for those periods have an anti-dilutive effect and therefore are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Accordingly, basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal for such periods.

110


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following table summarizes our weighted average outstanding common stock equivalents that were anti-dilutive due to the net loss attributable to common stockholders during the periods, and therefore excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Stock options

   10,341,948     10,921,049     6,609,382     2,977,550    5,322,266    7,637,005 

Restricted stock units

   153,314     166,928     141,086  

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

   1,429,816    715,504    537,266 

Warrants

   —      —      7,326,884 

 

16.Segment Reporting

As of December 31, 2014,2017, we had two reportable segments (Education and Trade Publishing). Our Education segment provides educational products, technology platforms and services to meet the diverse needs of today’s classrooms. These products and services include print and digital content in the form of textbooks, digital courseware, instructional aids, educational assessment and intervention solutions, which are aimed at improving achievement and supporting learning for students that are not keeping pace with peers, professional development and school reform services. Our Trade Publishing segment primarily develops, markets and sells consumer books in print and digital formats and licenses book rights to other publishers and electronic businesses in the United States and abroad. The principal marketsdistribution channels for Trade Publishing products are retail stores, both physical and online, and wholesalers. Reference materials are also sold to schools, colleges, libraries, office supply distributors and other businesses.

We measure and evaluate our reportable segments based on net sales and segment Adjusted EBITDA. We exclude from segment Adjusted EBITDAour segments certain corporate relatedcorporate-related expenses, as our corporate functions do not meet the definition of a segment, as defined in the accounting guidance relating to segment reporting. In addition, certain transactions or adjustments that our Chief Operating Decision Maker considers to be unusual and/or non-operational, such as amounts related to goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges, derivative instruments charges, acquisition-related activity, restructuring/integration costs, severance, separation costs and restructuring relatedfacility closures, equity compensation charges, debt extinguishment losses, legal settlement charges, amortization and depreciation expenses, as well as amortization expenses,interest and taxes, are excluded from segment Adjusted EBITDA. Although we exclude these amounts from segment Adjusted EBITDA, they are included in reported consolidated operating income (loss)net loss and are included in the reconciliation below.

 

(in thousands)  Year Ended December 31,  Total 
   Education   Trade
Publishing
   Corporate/
Other
    

2014

       

Net sales

  $1,209,142    $163,174    $—    $1,372,316  

Segment adjusted EBITDA

   298,483     12,675     (45,775  265,383  

2013

       

Net sales

  $1,207,908    $170,704    $—    $1,378,612  

Segment adjusted EBITDA

   343,183     24,448     (42,613  325,018  

2012

       

Net sales

  $1,128,591    $157,050    $—    $1,285,641  

Segment adjusted EBITDA

   329,723     28,774     (38,685  319,812  
(in thousands)  Year Ended December 31, 
   Education   Trade
Publishing
   Corporate/
Other
 

2017

      

Net sales

  $1,222,971   $184,540   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   253,600    16,060    (50,658

2016

      

Net sales

  $1,207,070   $165,615   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   225,672    6,255    (48,506

2015

      

Net sales

  $1,251,122   $164,937   $—   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   269,386    7,703    (42,110

111


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

(in thousands)  Year Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31, 
  2014 2013 2012   2017   2016   2015 

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $265,383   $325,018   $319,812    $219,002   $183,421   $234,979 

Interest expense

   (18,245 (21,344 (123,197   (42,805   (39,181   (32,254

Interest income

   1,338    518    209 

Depreciation expense

   (72,290 (61,705 (58,131   (75,494   (79,825   (72,639

Amortization expense

   (247,487 (280,271 (370,291   (203,024   (218,344   (223,551

Stock compensation

   (11,376 (9,524 (4,227

Gain (loss) on derivative instruments

   (1,593 (252 1,688  

Asset impairment charges

   (1,679 (9,000 (8,003

Non-cash charges—stock compensation

   (10,828   (10,567   (12,452

Non-cash charges—loss on derivative instruments

   1,366    (614   (2,362

Non-cash charges—asset impairment charges

   (3,980   (139,205   —   

Purchase accounting adjustments

   (3,661 (11,460 16,511     —      (5,116   (7,487

Fees, expenses or charges for equity offerings, debt or acquisitions

   (4,424 (23,540 (267   (1,464   (1,123   (25,562

Debt restructuring

   —    (598  —   

Restructuring

   (2,577 (3,123 (6,716

2017 Restructuring Plan

   (40,653   —      —   

Restructuring/Integration

   —      (14,364   (4,572

Severance, separation costs and facility closures

   (7,300 (13,040 (9,375   (713   (15,650   (4,767

Reorganization items, net

   —     —    149,114  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

   —      —      (3,051

Legal reimbursement (settlement)

   3,633    (10,000   —   
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 (105,249 (108,839 (93,082
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Loss from operations before taxes

   (153,622   (350,050   (153,509

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 6,242   2,347   (5,943   (50,435   (65,492   (19,640
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net loss

$(111,491$(111,186$(87,139  $(103,187  $(284,558  $(133,869
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Segment information as of December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)        
   2014   2013 

Total assets—Education segment

  $2,003,683    $2,206,690  

Total assets—Trade Publishing segment

   218,530     231,918  

Total assets—Corporate and Other

   788,894     471,778  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
$3,011,107  $2,910,386  

Schedule of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

(in thousands)  

 

   

 

 
   2017   2016 

Total assets—Education segment

  $2,121,647   $2,206,309 

Total assets—Trade Publishing segment

   173,395    183,356 

Total assets—Corporate and Other

   268,549    341,806 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consolidated assets

  $2,563,591   $2,731,471 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following represents long-lived assets (property, plant, and equipment) outside of the United States, which are substantially in Ireland. All other long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

(in thousands)  2014   2013   2017   2016 

Long-lived assets - International

  $4,239    $13,425  

Long-lived assets—International

  $7,593   $498 
  

 

   

 

 

112


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

The following is a schedule of net sales by geographic region:

 

(in thousands)        

Year Ended December 31, 2014

  

Year Ended December 31, 2017

  

Net sales—U.S.

  $1,291,199    $1,335,438 

Net sales—International

   81,117     72,073 
  

 

   

 

 

Total net sales

$1,372,316    $1,407,511 
  

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Year Ended December 31, 2016

  

Net sales—U.S.

$1,296,563    $1,284,562 

Net sales—International

 82,049     88,123 
  

 

   

 

 

Total net sales

$1,378,612    $1,372,685 
�� 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Year Ended December 31, 2015

  

Net sales—U.S.

$1,206,972    $1,337,897 

Net sales—International

 78,669     78,162 
  

 

   

 

 

Total net sales

$1,285,641    $1,416,059 
  

 

 

 

17.Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

  Balance at
Beginning
of Year
   Net Charges
to Revenues
or Expenses
and
Additions
   Utilization of
Allowances
   Balance at
End of
Year
   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
   Net Charges   Utilization of
Allowances
   Balance at
End of
Year
 

2014

        

2017

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $5,084    $3,274    $(2,733  $5,625    $3,576   $400   $(1,378  $2,598 

Reserve for returns

   35,548     53,877     (67,266   22,159     18,971    43,688    (41,673   20,986 

Reserve for royalty advances

   41,248     13,829     (77)   55,000     85,562    18,116    (36   103,642 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   527,960     25,947     (3,247)   550,660     759,887    (187,480   (754   571,653 

2013

        

2016

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $10,543    $2,261    $(7,720  $5,084    $8,459   $734   $(5,617  $3,576 

Reserve for returns

   25,784     58,290     (48,526   35,548     24,288    54,059    (59,376   18,971 

Reserve for royalty advances

   26,194     16,949     (1,895   41,248     70,014    16,270    (722   85,562 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   512,234     15,726     —      527,960     664,730    98,949    (3,792   759,887 

2012

        

2015

        

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $18,229    $2,113    $(9,799  $10,543    $5,625   $4,109   $(1,275  $8,459 

Reserve for returns

   25,614     44,213     (44,043   25,784     22,159    67,764    (65,636   24,288 

Reserve for royalty advances

   12,252     14,536     (594   26,194     55,000    15,240    (226   70,014 

Deferred tax valuation allowance (1)

   822,485     —      (310,251   512,234  

Deferred tax valuation allowance

   550,660    116,935    (2,865   664,730 

 

(1)Deferred tax valuation allowance was reduced in connection with the accounting for emergence from bankruptcy in the year ended December 31, 2012.

113


Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share information)

 

18.Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

 

  Three Months Ended   Three Months Ended 
  March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,   March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31, 

2014:

        

2017:

        

Net sales

  $153,933    $401,890    $551,008    $265,485    $221,917   $393,051   $532,040   $260,503 

Gross profit

   1,560     178,255     287,102     81,356     73,406    176,733    277,602    89,692 

Operating income (loss)

   (140,152   18,324     116,151     (79,734   (96,103   (31,166   90,210    (76,462

Net income (loss)

   (146,335   11,548     107,030     (83,734   (120,658   (46,867   90,506    (26,168

2013:

        

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

  $(0.98  $(0.38  $0.74   $(0.21

Diluted

  $(0.98  $(0.38  $0.73   $(0.21

2016:

        

Net sales

  $166,594    $362,951    $550,190    $298,877    $205,816   $392,042   $533,021   $241,806 

Gross profit

   13,927     140,562     270,124     107,637     54,224    172,848    278,368    64,936 

Operating income (loss)

   (128,989   (5,639   107,535     (59,552   (122,204   (21,152   83,371    (250,788

Net income (loss)

   (137,381   (14,266   105,112     (64,651   (165,148   (28,391   90,022    (181,041

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

  $(1.34  $(0.23  $0.74   $(1.48

Diluted

  $(1.34  $(0.23  $0.73   $(1.48

Our net sales, operating profit or loss and net cash provided by or used in operations are impacted by the inherent seasonality of the academic calendar. Consequently, the performance of our businesses may not be comparable quarter to consecutive quarter and should be considered on the basis of results for the whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with results in the same quarter for the previous year.

During the first quarter of 2014,six months ended June 30, 2017, we recorded an out-of-period correction corrections of approximately $1.1$4.0 million reducingincreasing net sales and increasingreducing deferred revenue that should have been deferredrecognized previously. In addition, during the first quarter of 2014, we recorded approximately $3.5 million of incremental expense, primarily commissions, related to the prior year. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on our debt covenant compliance. Management believes theseout-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements. Additionally, we revised previously reported balance sheet amounts to severance and other charges of $7.3 million, which has been reclassified as long-term, and to current deferred revenue of $5.2 million, which has also been reclassified as long-term. The revision was not material to the reported consolidated balance sheet for any previously filed periods.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded an out-of-period correction of approximately $5.7 million of additional net sales that was deferred and should have been recognized previously in 2011 ($4.5 million), 2012 ($0.9 million), and the first nine months of 2013 ($0.3 million). In addition, during 2013, we recorded approximately $2.6 million of incremental expense related to prior years. These out-of-period corrections had no impact on cash or debt covenants compliance. Management believes these out-of-period corrections are not material to the current period financial statements or any previously issued financial statements.

The fourth quarterDuring the six months ended June 30, 2016, we recordedout-of-period corrections of 2013 was positively impacted by an agreement with a reseller for product sales in private, parochial, and charter school markets. The net effect of reseller activity was a decrease inapproximately $2.9 million increasing net sales of $62.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2014 as comparedand reducing deferred revenue that should have been recognized previously. Management believes theseout-of-period corrections are not material to the samecurrent period in 2013.financial statements or any previously issued financial statements.

114


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision andOur management, with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of(“CFO”), evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined inof December 31, 2017 pursuant to Rules13a-15(e) and15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial OfficerCFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 20142017 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and the information required to be disclosed by us is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial Officer,CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules13a-15(f) or15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company;

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or dispositions of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.2017. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria established inInternal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

115


Based on our assessment and thosethe aforementioned criteria (and subject to the aforementioned exclusion), management concluded that, as of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20142017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 20142017 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Except to the extent provided below, the information required by this Item shall be set forth in our Proxy Statement for our 20152017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2014,2017, and is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or any person performing similar functions, which we post on our website in the “Corporate Governance” link located at: ir.hmhco.com. We intend to publish any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code of Conduct on our website. We will provide any person, without charge, a copy of such Code of Conduct upon written request, which may be mailed to 222 Berkeley125 High Street, Boston, MA 02116,02110, Attn: Corporate Secretary.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in our Proxy Statement for our 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2014,2017, and is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in our Proxy Statement for our 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2014,2017, and is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in our Proxy Statement for our 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2014,2017, and is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item shall be set forth in our Proxy Statement for our 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2014,2017, and is incorporated into this Annual Report by reference.

116


Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of the report.

 

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 6061 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20142017 and 20132016

  6163 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015

  6264 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015

  6365 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015

  6466 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015

  6567 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 6668 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

113

Schedule II—“Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” is included herein as Note 17 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Exhibits.

 112118 

See the Exhibit Index.

117


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

    2.1  Prepackaged Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Holding Company, Inc., Houghton Mifflin, LLC, Houghton Mifflin Finance, Inc., Houghton Mifflin Holdings, Inc., HM Publishing Corp., Riverdeep Inc., A Limited Liability Company, Broderbund LLC, RVDP, Inc., HRW Distributors, Inc., Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc., Classroom Connect, Inc., Achieve! Data Solutions, LLC, Steck-Vaughn Publishing LLC, HMH Supplemental Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Sentry Realty Corporation, Houghton Mifflin Company International, Inc., The Riverside Publishing Company, Classwell Learning Group Inc., Cognitive Concepts, Inc., Edusoft And Advanced Learning Centers, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    2.2Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April  23, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, as Purchaser, Scholastic Corporation, as Parent Seller, and Scholastic Inc., as Seller (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed April 24, 2015 (File No.  001-36166)). Certain schedules and similar attachments to this Exhibit 2.1 have been omitted in accordance with RegulationS-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted schedules and similar attachments to the SEC upon its request.
    3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    3.2  Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  3.2 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    3.3  Amended and RestatedBy-laws (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed November 19, 2013 (File No. 001-36166)).
    4.1  Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June  22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and the stockholders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    4.2  Amended and Restated Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2013, by and among the Company, Paulson Advantage Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Plus Master Ltd., Paulson Advantage Select Master Fund Ltd., Paulson Credit Opportunities Master Ltd. and PP Opportunities Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    4.3Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.3 to Amendment No.  4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 25, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
    4.44.3  Form of Warrant Certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.4 to Amendment No.  2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 4, 2013 (File No.(File No. 333-190356)).
    4.54.4  Warrant Agreement, dated as of June  22, 2012, among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 4.5 to Amendment No.  2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed October 4, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.1†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.2†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

118


Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  10.3†10.1  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan FormNomination Agreement, effective December  21, 2016, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and certain affiliates of Restricted Stock Unit Award NoticeAnchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to Amendment No. 110.1 to the Company’s Registration StatementCurrent Report on Form S-1,8-K, filed September 13, 2013December 22, 2016 (File No. 333-190356) 001-36166)).
  10.4†10.2†  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Grantee Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.5†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.6†Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Linda K. Zecher (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.6 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.7†Employment Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. and Eric L. Shuman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.8†John Dragoon Offer Letter dated March 27, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.9†William Bayers Offer Letter dated April 10, 2007, as amended on May 14, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.11†Form of Director Compensation Letter (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.12†Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.12 to Amendment No.  1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.1310.3  Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-PossessionAmended and ExitRestated Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012 by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.14First Amendment to DIP/Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.14 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

Exhibit
No.

Description

  10.15Letter Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as a lender (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.15 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.16Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among the Company and HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.16 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.17Amendment No. 3 to Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, and Amendment No. 1 to Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2013, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.18Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-in-Possession and Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.18 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.19First Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.19 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.20Second Amendment to DIP/Exit Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiary guarantors and lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.20 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.21Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc., Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.22Term Loan/Revolving Facility Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, by and among Citibank, N.A., as Revolving Facility Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Term Facility Agent, HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. as Holdings, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers, LLC, and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company as Borrowers, and the subsidiary guarantors named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.22 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).

Exhibit
No.

Description

  10.23Amendment No. 4 to the Superpriority Senior Secured Debtor-In-Possession and Exit Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2014,  29, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, certain other subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, as Subsidiary Guarantors,subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed January 16, 2014May 29, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.24†10.4  Amended and Restated Term Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May  29, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Holdings (Delaware)Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Noticeas collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.5Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July  22, 2015, by and among Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, certain other subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, as subsidiary guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed February 6, 2014July 23, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.25†10.6  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice,Amended and Restated Revolving Facility Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated January 31, 2014,as of July  23, 2015, by and betweenamong Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishers Inc., HMH Publishers LLC, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company, the subsidiaries of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company from time to time party thereto and Eric ShumanCitibank, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed February 6, 2014July 22, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.26†10.7†  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management IncentiveChange in Control Severance Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice, dated January 31, 2014, by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and William F. Bayers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3  10.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Current ReportRegistration Statement on Form 8-K,S-1, filed February 6, 2014September 13, 2013 (File No. 001-36166) 333-190356)).
  10.27†10.8†  HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice, dated January 31, 2014, by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company and John DragoonELT Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.410.3 to the Company’s CurrentQuarterly Report on Form 8-K,10-Q, filed February 6, 2014November 5, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.28†10.9†  Mary Cullinane Offer Letter dated October 21, 2011Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan, amended and restated as of March  31, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2810.4 to the Company’s AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K,10-Q, filed March 27, 2014May 4, 2016 (File No.(File No.  001-36166)).
  10.29†10.11†  Lee R. Ramsayer OfferForm of Director Compensation Letter dated January 25, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.29 10.11 to Amendment No.  1 to the Company’s Annual ReportRegistration Statement on Form 10-K,S-1, filed March 27, 2014September 13, 2013 (File No.(File No. 001-36166) 333-190356)).
  10.30†Brook M. Colangelo Offer Letter dated November 2, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 27, 2014 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.31†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Severance Plan, dated September 5, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2014 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.32†*Bridgett P. Paradise Offer Letter dated June 11, 2014.
  10.33†*

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice

  10.34†*

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice

  10.35†*

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice

  10.36†*

HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice

119


Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  10.12†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt CompanyNon-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 25, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.13†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).
  10.14†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.15†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September 13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.16†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.17†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.18†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.19†HMH Holdings (Delaware), Inc. 2012 Management Incentive Plan Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Notice (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 26, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.20†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).
  10.21†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).
  10.22†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-8, filed May 29, 2015 (File No. 333-204519)).
  10.23†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (Directors) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed August 6, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.24†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed August 6, 2015 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.25†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (with Deferral Feature—Directors) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed February 25, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).

120


Exhibit
No.

Description

  10.26†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (TSR/Billings—Employees) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed May 4, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.27*†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan New Hire Stock Option Award Notice dated May 9, 2017 by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and John J. Lynch, Jr.
  10.28*†Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan New Hire Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice dated May  9, 2017 by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and John J. Lynch, Jr.
  10.29†William Bayers Offer Letter dated April 10, 2007, as amended on May  14, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on FormS-1, filed September  13, 2013 (File No. 333-190356)).
  10.30†Lee R. Ramsayer Offer Letter dated January 25, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed March 27, 2014 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.31†Joseph Abbott Offer Letter dated as of March 10, 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 201-5 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form8-K, filed March 10, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.32†Letter Agreement, effective September  22, 2016, by and between Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company and L. Gordon Crovitz (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q, filed November 3, 2016 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.33†John J. Lynch Offer Letter dated February  10, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K filed on February 15, 2017 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.34*†Rosamund Else-Mitchell Offer Letter dated April 22, 2015.
  10.35*†Rosamund Else-Mitchell Promotion Letter dated August 27, 2015.
  10.36*†Rosamund Else-Mitchell Promotion Letter dated August 3, 2017.
  10.37†Mary Cullinane Offer Letter dated October 21, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No.  10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K, filed March 27, 2014 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.38†Mary Cullinane Letter Agreement dated as of May  24, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form8-K filed on May 25, 2017 (File No. 001-36166)).
  10.39*†Confidential Severance Agreement and General Release dated as of October 1, 2017, by and between Mary Cullinane and Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company.
21.1*  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1*  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  31.1*  Certification of CEO Pursuant to Rule13a-14(a) or15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2*  Certification of CFO Pursuant to Rule13a-14(a) or15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

121


Exhibit
No.

Description

  32.1**  Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2**  Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS*101.INS  XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

Identifies a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*Filed herewith
**This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section. Furthermore, this certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the filings of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

Item 16. Form10-K Summary

None.

122


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

(Registrant)

By: 

/s/ Linda K. ZecherJohn J. Lynch, Jr.

 Linda K. Zecher

John J. Lynch, Jr.

 President, Chief Executive Officer
 (On behalf of the registrant)

February 26, 201522, 2018

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature  Title Date

/s/ Linda K. ZecherJohn J. Lynch, Jr.

Linda K. ZecherJohn J. Lynch, Jr.

  

President, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer) and Director

 February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Eric L. ShumanJoseph P. Abbott, Jr.

Eric L. ShumanJoseph P. Abbott, Jr.

  

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Michael J. Dolan

Michael J. Dolan

  

Senior Vice President and Corporate

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Lawrence K. Fish

Lawrence K. Fish

  Chairman of the Board of Directors February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Sheru ChowdhryDaniel M. Allen

Sheru ChowdhryDaniel M. Allen

  Director 

February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ L. Gordon Crovitz

L. Gordon Crovitz

  Director February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Jill A. Greenthal

Jill A. Greenthal

  Director February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ John F. Killian

John F. Killian

  Director February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ John R. McKernan, Jr.

John R. McKernan, Jr.

  Director February 26, 2015

/s/ Jonathan F. Miller

Jonathan F. Miller

DirectorFebruary 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

E. Rogers Novak, Jr.

  Director February 26, 201522, 2018

/s/ Tracey D. Weber

Tracey D. Weber

DirectorFebruary 22, 2018

 

117123